Huba ProductCatalogue

Product Catalogue
Pressure transmitter
Pressure level transmitter
Pressure switch
Pressure measuring cells
Flow sensor
Force cells
Digital indicating devices

Since 1945 your qualified partner
(Huba Control 1956)
1945 Huba Control AG founded
1974 Taken over by Stäfa Control System AG
1990 Concentration on pressure measurement technology
1995 ISO 9001 Certification
2005 Automotive standard ISO/TS 16949 Accreditation

Accredidation acc. ISO/IEC 17025
2006 Factory Extension Completed
2008 Automotive standard ISO/TS 16949 certification
2010 Certification acc. ISO 14001
2012 Certification acc. ISO 18001 (Managment of employment protection)
Huba Control Product catalogue - Technical data subject to change - Edition 03/2016 3/208
CONTENT
Product Medium Page
Air and Liquids Refrigerants

Gases
OEM Relative pressure transmitter type 400

Pressure range: 0 ... 100 mbar ✔ ✔ 12 - 14
OEM relative and absolute pressure transmitter type 501

Pressure range: -1 ... 0 bar / 0 ... 60 bar ✔ ✔ 15 - 18
OEM relative pressure transmitter type 503

Pressure range: 0 ... 25 bar ✔ ✔ 19 - 22
OEM relativ pressure transmitter type 505

Pressure range: 0 ... 4 16 bar ✔ ✔ 23 - 25
OEM relative pressure transmitter for refrigerants type 506

Pressure range: -0.5 ... 7 bar / 0 ... 10 60 bar ✔ ✔ ✔ 26 - 29

Pressure range: -1 ... 0 600 bar ✔ ✔ 30 - 35
Relative pressure transmitter type 512 for mobile hydraulic



Relative pressure transmitter type 520

Pressure range: -1 ... 9 bar / 0 ... 2.5 1000 bar ✔ ✔ ✔ 48 - 54
Relative pressure transmitter type 522

Pressure range: 0 ... 2.5 600 bar ✔ ✔ ✔ 55 - 58
Relative and absolute pressure transmitter type 527


Pressure transmitter type 540 with display and

programmable switching outputs ✔ ✔ 70 - 73
Pressure range: 0 ... 60 600 bar
4/208 Huba Control Product catalogue - Technical data subject to change - Edition 03/2016
CONTENT
Product Medium Page

Gases
Pressure transmitter type 548 with display and

programmable switching outputs ✔ ✔ 74 - 77
Pressure range: -1 ... 0 40 bar
Relative pressure transmitter type 550 for mobile hydraulic


for mobile application ✔ ✔ 82 - 85
Pressure range: 0 ... 6 60 bar

Pressure range: 0 ... 0.1 1000 bar ✔ ✔ 86 - 89
Differential pressure transmitter
OEM Relative and differential pressure transmitter type 401

Pressure range: 0 ... 3 8 mbar ✔ 90 - 92
Relative and differential pressure transmitter type 402

OEM Relative and differential pressure transmitter type 403


Pressure range: 0 ... 50 1000 mbar ✔ ✔ 100 -103
Volume flow transmitter type 679

Measurement range: -1 ... 1 mbar / 0 ... 0.3 50 mbar ✔ 104 - 107

Relative and differential pressure module with/without

display type 698 ✔ 112 - 115
Pressure range: -5 ... 5 mbar / 0 ... 10000 mbar

Pressure range: -1 ... 1 mbar / 0 ... 0.3 50 mbar ✔ 116 - 119
CONTENT
Product Medium Page

Gases
Pressure Level transmitter
Pressure level transmitter type 711

Pressure range:0 ... 0.1 - 16 bar ✔ 120 - 123
Pressure level transmitter type 712

Pressure range: 0 ... 0.3 - 3 bar ✔ 124 - 128
Electronic pressure switch
Electronic relative pressure switch type 521

Pressure range: 0 ... 2.5 600 bar ✔ ✔ ✔ 130 - 134
Electronic relative and absolute pressure switch type 529

Mechanical pressure switch
OEM mechanical relative and differential

pressure switch type 604 ✔ 140 - 143
Pressure range: 0.2 ... 3 50 mbar
OEM mechanical relative and differential

pressure switch type 605 ✔ 144 - 147
Pressure range: 20 ... 400 Pa
Mechanical relative and differential pressure switch type 610

Pressure range: -1 ... -320 mbar / 1 ... 500 mbar ✔ 148 - 151
Mechanical relative pressure switch type 620/625

Pressure range: -4 ... -900 mbar / 2 ... 6000 mbar ✔ ✔ 152 - 155
Mechanical relative and differential pressure switch type 630

Pressure range: 6 ... 5500 mbar ✔ ✔ 156 - 159
OEM relative pressure measuring cell type 509

OEM relative and absolute pressure measuring cells type 513

CONTENT
Product Medium Page

Gases
OEM absolute pressure measuring cell type 513 -

Barometric sensor ✔ 168 - 169
Pressure range: 0.8 ... 1.4 bar
Flow sensor
OEM Flow sensor for liquid media type Typ 200

Flow range: 0.5 ... 150 l/min ✔ 170 - 176
OEM Flow sensor for liquid media type 210

Flow range: 0.5 ... 150 l/min ✔ 177 - 183
Flow sensor for liquid media type 230

Flow range: 1.8 ... 150 l/min ✔ 184 - 187
OEM Flow sensor for liquid media type 235

Flow range: 1.8 ... 240 l/min ✔ 188 - 191
Flow sensor for liquid media type 236

Flow range: 1.8 ... 240 l/min ✔ 192 - 195
Force cells
Cantilevel beam force cell

Measuring range: 0 ... 53 265 Centi Newton 198 - 199
Digital indicating device type 800

Pressure range: 0 ... 800 bar 200 - 203
LCD Display type 801 204 - 206
Influence of glycol 196
Conversion table for pressure units 197
Huba Control AG develops, manufactures and markets components designed
exclusively for the measurement of pressure and flow.
1 mbar ... 1000 bar

0.5 ... 240 l/min
View the latest data sheets, operating instructions and certificates at
www.hubacontrol.com
Market performance
With its clear focus on pressure measurement technology Huba Control is able to develop innovative pro-
ducts across a very broad spectrum, covering an extensive range of applications for the optimisation of
machine, system and plant processes.
Sales engineers at the headquarters in Switzerland, in our own branch offices in Germany, France,
United Kingdom and Netherlands as well as representatives all over the world guarantee the optimum in
technical advice.
Production competence
Huba Control production department is designed for the assembly, setting and adjustment of pressure
switches and pressure transmitters. The individual stages of the process are carried out with varying
degrees of rationalisation. A key strength is our expertise in complex automated production processes,
including automatic adjustment.
Quality - Security - Environment
We achieve the requirements for the conversion of our strategy,

company policy and targets with our integrated process orientated
management system complying to the legal obligations in force an
further demands.
With well managed processes and our skilled employees we
master the quality, environment and security demands.
The philosophy of our employees is:

ÿI steadily improve and aspire to make no mistakes.Ÿ
Certifications
ISO 9001 Certification

ISO/TS 16949 Certification
ISO/IEC 17025 Accredidation
ISO 14001 Certification
OHSAS 18001 Certification
Cantilevered ceramic beam technology from Huba Control
The excellent synergy of our unique diaphragm in combination with our ceramic cantilever beam sensors
allow us to produce transmitters with long term stability for very fine measurement in the Pascal range.
This technology has been proven on millions of sensors in many different applications.
Pressure measuring cell technology from Huba Control
The in-house development and production of pressure measuring cells in combination with the excellent
electronic design allows the production of innovative pressure transmitters. Huba Control draws on over 20
years experience in the use of ceramic technology.
The products are proven millionfold in various applications.
Markets and presence
The target market for Huba pressure and flow measurement technology is divided into several sectors based
upon application as special pressure sensors for Industrial automation (INDUSTRY) or components for gas
boilers (GAS), heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) and automotive industry.
Huba Control is the market leader in the GAS BOILER and HVAC sectors. 97% of our products are exported.
Over 49 specialist agents and own sales engineers in Germany, France, United Kingdom and Netherlands,
allow us to expand our market presence continually.
HubaÂs production department is designed for the assembly, balancing and adjustment of pressure switches
and pressure transmitters. The individual stages of the process are carried out with varying degrees of rati-
onalisation (fully, semi and partially automated manufacture) depending on the quantities involved. A key
strength is our mastery of complex automated routines, including automatic calibration, manufacture of one-
off products and large-scale production runs, and the maintenance of short throughput times.
Headquarters Branch Offices Distributors
OEM Relative pressure

transmitter type 400
Pressure range
0 ... 10 100 mbar
The type 400 pressure transmitter, with its proven ceramic Robust construction, sensor element
lever technology, has adjusted temperature compensated has no contact with media
sensor signals and is available with a voltage output.
Special design developed for large
The voltage output (VDC) is an amplified, linear signal sui-
scale manufacture at an attractive
table for direct processing in electronic control systems. The
price
sensors are ideal for continuous level measurement in washing
machines, dishwashers etc. Fully automated manufacture,
including in-line adjustment of zero
point and full scale value
Special snap mounting bracket for easy
single handed mounting in sheet steel
of varying thicknesses
Technical Overview
Pressure range 1)
Relative 0 ... 10 100 mbar
Operating conditions
Medium Liquids and neutral gases
Medium / ambient 0 ... +70 ÀC
Temperature
Storage -10 ... +70 ÀC
Tolerable overload 200 mbar
Rupture pressure 500 mbar
Leak rate < 0.2 cm3/h (Air)
Materials in contact with the medium

Cover Polypropylene
Diaphragm Thermoplastic elastomer
Electrical overview
Output / Power supply 2) ratiom. 10 ... 70% 5 VDC μ5%
Load > 50 kOhm / < 10 nF
Current consumption At nominal voltage with 50 kOhm load < 3 mA
Polarity reversal protection mechanically protected
Electromagnetic compatibility The product is designed exclusively for installation in equipment. The customer is responsible for CE conformity.
Dynamical response
Response time < 10 ms
Load cycle < 10 Hz
Protection standard
IP 00
Electrical connections
3-pole plug connector RAST 2.5
Pressure connection
Pipe ± 6.2 mm
Mounting instruction
Diaphragm horizontal (Recommendation) Pressure connection and electrical connections downward
Installation arrangement
Diaphragm vertical (on request) To be agreed, signal is approx. 0.3 mbar higher than real pressure 3)
Mounting Snap mounting in sheet steel from 0.9 to 1.5 mm
Weight
~ 17 g
Packaging
Cardboard boxes with blister pack inserts (35 pcs)
Ordering batches quantities / Transport volumes

Pieces Execution Length (cm) Width (cm) Height (cm) Weight (kg) Blister (35 pcs)
2520 12 boxes per Euro-pallet 120 80 93 103 72
210 1 box 59 39 26 6.9 6
Accuracy Linearity
Parameter Unit 10 mbar 20 mbar 30 mbar 50 mbar 100 mbar

Tolerance zero point 4)
max. % fs μ 1.5 μ 1.5 μ 1.5 μ 1.5
Tolerance at 0.5 mbar max. % fs μ 1.5
Tolerance full scale 4)
max. % fs μ 2.5 μ 2.5 μ 1.5 μ 1.5 μ 1.5
Resolution % fs 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
Total of linearity, hysteresis and repeatability
at 0.3 mbar (10 ... 50 mbar) and 1 mbar (100 mbar) % fs μ 0.5 μ 0.5 μ 0.5 μ 0.5 μ 0.5
0.3 mbar - (10/20/30/50 mbar)
Long term stability acc. to DIN IEC 60770 % fs μ 1.0 μ 1.0 μ 0.5 μ 0.5 μ 0.5 1 mbar - (100 mbar)
TC zero point 5) typ. % fs/10K μ 0.2 μ 0.2 μ 0.2 μ 0.2 μ 0.2
TC zero point 5) max. % fs/10K μ 0.4 μ 0.4 μ 0.4 μ 0.4 μ 0.4
TC sensibility 5) max. % fs/10K μ 0.2 μ 0.2 μ 0.2 μ 0.2 μ 0.4
Positional error 4) mbar ~ 0.3 ~ 0.3 ~ 0.3 ~ 0.3 ~ 0.3
Ratiometric error typ. % fs 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Ratiometric error max. % fs 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Test conditions: 25 ÀC, 45% rF, Power supply 5 VDC

TK0 / TKE: 0 ... +70 ÀC
1)
other pressure ranges on request 2)
Other supply voltages and outputs on request. 3)
In Case of condensed water, auto-zero significant.
4)
For changing diaphragm position from horizontal to vertical, approx. 0.3 mbar. 5)
TC = Temperature coefficient
Order code selection table Order number

0 ... 10 mbar 4 0 0 . 9 1 1 0 0
0 ... 20 mbar 4 0 0 . 9 2 1 0 0
0 ... 30 mbar 4 0 0 . 9 3 1 0 0
Pressure range
0 ... 50 mbar 4 0 0 . 9 5 1 0 0
0 ...100 mbar 4 0 0 . 9 7 1 0 0
▲ Full scale signal at these pressure
Accessories 1)
Order number
Connector RAST 2.5 with cable 30 cm 111668
Calibration certificat 104551
AMP Connector 2) ManufactureÂs Part No. Colour for flexible wire

3-829868-3 grey 7 x 0.20 mm = 0.22 mm2 or
12 x 0.20 mm = 0.35 mm2 Connector with cable
1-966194-3 beige 7 x 0.25 mm = 0.35 mm2
IN = red
OUT = yellow
GND = black
Dimensions in mm / Electrical connections
Hole pattern for mounting (supplied by the customer)
Leading edge of punched

aperture / printing
1)
Accessories supplied loose 2)
To be ordered separately from original manufacturer. Further information can be found in the manufacturer specification No. 114-18049.
OEM Relative and absolute

pressure transmitter type 501
Pressure ranges
-1 ... 0 60 bar
Type 501 pressure transmitters, with partially automated Compact construction

production processes, are suitable for larger quantity industrial
Automated manufacture in large
OEM applications.
quantities for ideal price /
Various pressure and electrical connections, together with se-
performance ratio
veral standardised output signals, provide suitability for a wide
variety of applications. Robust ceramic sensor technology
High resistance to extremetemperatures
No mechanical creepage
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative -1 ... 0 60 bar
Absolute 0 ... 2.5 16 bar
Medium Liquids and gases
Medium / ambient -15 ... +80 ÀC
Temperature
Tolerable overload 2 x fs (max. 80 bar)
Rupture pressure 3 x fs (max. 90 bar)
Materials
Case PA6
Sensor Ceramic Al2O3 (96%)
Materials in contact with the medium Pressure connection Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
Sealing material FPM, EPDM, NBR, MVQ
Electrical overview
Output Power supply Load Current consumption1)
4 ... 20 mA 8.0 ... 33 VDC < Supply0.02
voltage - 8 V
A [Ohm] < 20 mA
2 wire
4 ... 20 mA 10.0 ... 33 VDC < Supply0.02
voltage - 10 V
A [Ohm] < 20 mA
0 ... 5 V 9.0 ... 33 VDC > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 5 mA
1 ... 6 V 10.4 ... 33 VDC > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 5 mA
3 wire 0 ... 10 V 16.2 ... 33 VDC > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 6 mA
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5% > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 3 mA
Polarity reversal protection Short circuit proof and protected against polarity reversal. Each connection is protected against crossover up to max. supply voltage.
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 50 Hz
Protection standard
IP 65
Electrical connection
Cable 1.5 m
Connector DIN EN 175301-803-A
Connector DIN EN 175301-803-C (industrial standard 9.4 mm)
Connector M12x1
Pressure connection
Inside thread G ¼ mit O-Ring sealing
¼ -18 NPT
G ¼, sealed at back, DIN 3852-E
Outside thread R ¼ EN 10226
G ¼, sealed at back and manometer (combi)
G ½, sealed at back and manometer (combi)
Recommened: Pressure connection downwards
Tests / Admissions
Electromagnetic compatibility CE conformity acc. EN 61326-2-3
Weight
With inside thread ~ 95 g
With ouside thread ~ 110 g
With cable 1.5 m additional ~ 40 g
Packaging (Please state on order)

Single packaging in cardboard
Multiple packaging in cardboard per 25 pcs.
Accuracy
Parameter Unite
Tolerance zero point max. % fs μ 1.0
Tolerance full scale max. % fs μ 1.0
Resolution % fs 0.1
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability max. % fs μ 0.5
Long term stability acc. to DIN EN 60770 % fs μ 1.0
TC zero point 2) max. % fs/10K μ 0.4
TC sensitivity 2) typ. % fs/10K - 0.15
TC sensitivity 2) max. % fs/10K - 0.3
Test conditions: 25 ÀC, 45% RH, power supply 24 VDC

TC z.p. / TC s. -40 ... +80 ÀC
1)
At nominal pressure 2)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Order code selection table 501. X X X X X X X X X X

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
-1 ... 0 bar 9 0 0
0 ... 1 bar 9 1 1
0 ... 1.6 bar 9 1 2
0 ... 2.5 bar 1 4
0 ... 4 bar 1 5
0 ... 6 bar 1 7
Pressure range
0 ... 10 bar 3 0
0 ... 16 bar 3 1
0 ... 25 bar 9 3 2
0 ... 40 bar 9 3 3
0 ... 60 bar 9 4 0
▲ Full scale signal at these pressures
FPM Fluoro elastomer 0
EPDM Ethylene propylene 1
Sealing material 1)
NBR Butadiene Acylonitrile 2
MVQ Silicone polymer 3
Adjustment Factory 0
0 ... 5 V 9.0 ... 33 VDC 1
1 ... 6 V 10.4 ... 33 VDC 6
0 ... 10 V 16.2 ... 33 VDC 2
Output / power supply
10.0 ... 33 VDC 3
4 ... 20 mA
8.0 ... 33 VDC 8
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5% 4
Cable 1.5 m 0
DIN EN 175301-803-A 1
Connector 2) DIN EN 175301-803-C (industrial standard 9.4 mm) 2
M12x1 plastic thread 3
Inside thread G ¼ with O-Ring seal 1
¼ - 18 NPT 3
G ¼, sealed at back, DIN 3852-E 4
Pressure connection
Outside thread R ¼ EN 10226 7
G ¼, sealed at back and manometer (combi) 5
G ½, sealed at back and manometer (combi) 8
Without 1
Pressure tip orifice
With 2
Pressure range variation
(optional) Indicate W and state range on order (e.g.: W0... + 9bar/OUT1...9V) W
Storage versions
Output 4 ... 20 mA Pressure range Order number
Power supply 10 ... 33 VDC -1 ... 0 bar 501.914023151W - 1...0 bar (high overload protection)
Eletrical connection 2) Connector DIN EN 175301-803-A, IP 65 0 ... 10 bar 501.930023151
Pressure connection G ¼ sealed at back and manometer 0 ... 25 bar 501.932023151
Sealing material FPM - Fluoro elastomer
Colour of cover black
Female connector
DIN EN 175301-803-A

Accessories 3)
Order number
Female connector DIN EN 175301-803-A with seal (IP 65, when installed and latched) 103510
Female connector DIN EN 175301-803-C with seal (IP 65, when installed and latched) 104244
Female connector M12x1 106975
Calibration certificate 104551
1)
According to ISO standard R 1629, other sealing materials on request 2)
Without female connector 3)
Accessories supplied loose

Female connector
6WHFNGRVH
DIN EN 175301-803-C
',1(1&
Inside thread
,QQHQJHZLQGH
*¼

3 wire
/HLWHU
Female connector
DIN6WHFNGRVH
EN 175301-803-A
',1(1$
*¼
2/HLWHU
wire

*¼ 137

3 wire
/HLWHU

Female connector
6WHFNGRVH
M12x1
0[
2 wire
/HLWHU
3/HLWHU
wire
brown
EUDXQ
white
ZHLVV
JUQ
green
cable
.DEHO
2/HLWHU
wire
brown
EUDXQ
JUQ
green

Pressure range
0 ... 2.5 25 bar
Type 503 pressure transmitters, with their excellent price / Partial automatic production, giving
performance ratio, are specially designed for industrial OEM ideal price / performance ratio.
applications.
Ideal for use as a control element,
Partially automated production techniques allow us to produce
owing as a result of a small hysteresis
high quantities, yet retaining the flexibility to offer different
versions. Incorporates all the benefits of ceramics
technology for industrial applications
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative 0 ... 2.5 25 bar
Medium
Medium +2 ... +90 ÀC
Temperature Ambient +10 ... +60 ÀC
Overload admissible 2 x fs
Materials
ABS for cover with connector RAST 2.5 ABS
Housing material
PA 6 for cover with connector DIN or cable PA 6
Materials in contact with the medium Pressure connector Grivory GV 5H or Noryl GTX 20% GF
Sealing material FPM, EPDM, NBR
Electrical overview
Output Power supply Load Current consumption
2 wire 4 ... 20 mA 10.0 ... 33 VDC < supply voltage
0.02 A
- 10 V
[Ohm] < 20 mA
0 ... 5 V 9.0 ... 33 VDC > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 5 mA
Short circuit proof and protected against polarity reversal. For connector versions mechanical protection only. The correct
Polarity reversal protection
wiring acc. to the scheme has to be guaranteed by the OEM-customer.
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 50 Hz
Protection standard
With connector RAST 2.5 IP 00
With DIN connector or cable 1.5 m IP 54
DIN connector EN 175301-803-A
Cable 1.5 m
Connector RAST 2.5
Pressure connections
G ⅜ seal at front Grivory GV 5H
Outside thread G ⅜ seal at back Grivory GV 5H
G ¼ seal at back Grivory GV 5H
Plug connector (to max. 6 bar nominal pressure) Grivory GV 5H
Mounting instructions
Installation arrangement Unrestricted
Starting torque G ⅜ min. 0.4 Nm / max. 0.8 Nm Destruction > 30 Nm
Weight
With connector RAST 2.5 ~ 41 g
With connector DIN ~ 55 g
With cable ~ 95 g
Packaging
per 240 pcs.
Multiple packaging Cardboard boxes with blister pack inserts
per 600 pcs.
Accuracy
Parameter Unit
Tolerance zero point max. % fs μ 1.5
Resolution % fs 0.1
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability % fs μ 1.0
Long term stabilitiy acc. DIN EN 60770 % fs μ 0.5
TC sensitivity 1) max. % fs/10K μ 0.15
Test conditions: 25 ÀC, 45% RH, power supply 24 VDC / 5 VDC

TK0 / TKE 2 ... 85 ÀC
1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Order code selection table 503. X X X X X X X X X

0 ... 2.5 bar 9 1 4
0 ... 4 bar 9 1 5
0 ... 6 bar 9 1 7
Pressure range 1) 0 ... 10 bar 9 3 0
0 ... 16 bar 9 3 1
0 ... 25 bar 9 3 2
▲ Fullscale signal at these pressures
FPM Fluoro-elastomer 0
Sealing material 2) EPDM Ethylene propylene 1
0 ... 5 V 9.0 ... 33 VDC 3
0 ... 10 V 16.2 ... 33 VDC 4
4 ... 20 mA 10.0 ... 33VDC 5
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5% 6
RAST 2.5 6 0
Connector
Electrical connection 3) DIN EN 175301-803-A 1
Cable 1.5 m 2
G ⅜, seal at front Grivory GV 5H 1 0
Outside thread G ⅜, seal at back Grivory GV 5H 1
Pressure connection
G ¼, seal at back Grivory GV 5H 3 3
Plug connector (to max. 6 bar measuring range) Noryl GV 5H 1 1 2
Accessories 4)
Order number
Safety spring for plug connector 105883
Female connector DIN EN 175301-803-A with sealing 103510
Female connector RAST 2.5 with cable 1450 mm 103167
Calibration Certificate 104551
AMP connector 5) ManufacturerÊs Part No. Colour For flexible wire

3-829868-3 grey 7 x 0.20 mm = 0.22 mm2 or
12 x 0.20 mm = 0.35 mm2
1-966194-3 beige 7 x 0.25 mm = 0.35 mm2 Connector with cable
IN = red
OUT = yellow
GND = black
1)
Other pressure ranges on request 2)
Delivery without female connector
4)
To be ordered separately from original manufacturer. Further information can be found in the manufacturer specification No. 114-18049
Counter part G 3/8 sealed at back
Detail X
O-Ring
Counter part for plug connector
Counter part G 3/8 sealed at front
1) Bottom variable!
G1/4
33.2
Detail Y
O-Ring
3 wire 3 wire 3 wire
brown
white
green
2 wire 2 wire
brown
green
OEM relative pressure

Pressure range
0 ... 4 16 bar
Type 505 pressure transmitters are particularly suitable for Best price / performance ratio through:
measuring water pressure rates in heating and industrial electronic integrated in measuring element
circular flow. optimised mounting concept
automatic production
Due to partially automated manfacturing we are able to handle
Ideal for use as a control element,
customer orders in high quantities.
owing to small hysteresis
The measuring element includes the
well proven ceramic technology of
Huba Control AG.
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative 0 ... 4 16 bar
Medium Liquids and not aggressive gases
Medium +2 ... +90 °C
Temperature Ambient +2 ... +85 °C
Storage -30 ... +85 °C
< 4 bar 8 bar
Tolerable overload
> 4 bar 20 bar
< 4 bar 12 bar
Rupture pressure
> 4 bar 25 bar
Materials
Case Plastic thermoplast
Pressure connection Fibre reinforced plastic
Materialien in contact with the medium Sensor Ceramic Al2O3 (96%)
Sealing material EPDM (Ethylene propylene)
Electrical overview
Output Power supply Load Current consumption 1)
0.5 ... 3.5 V 8.5 ... 30 VDC > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
Ratiom. 10 ... 70% 5 VDC μ5% > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
Ratiom. 10 ... 50% 5 VDC μ5% > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
Electromagnetic compatibility The product is designed exclusively for installation in equipment.The customer is responsible for CE conformity.
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 50 Hz
Protection standard
IP 00
Pressure connection
Standard
Form 2
Connection plug fitting Form 3
Form 4
G¼ without orifice
G⅜
G⅜ material admission for portable water < 85 ÀC
Outside thread G⅜ with bedstop for plug value
G⅜ without orifce
G⅜ with bedstop for plug value without orifce
Connector RAST 2.5
Recommended: Electrical connection upwards
Tests / Admissions
Shock acc. to DIN IEC 60068-2-27 40 g, 11 ms half sine wave, all directions. Free fall from 1 m on concrete.
Vibration acc. to DIN IEC 60068-2-6 5 g, 2 ... 2000 Hz
Weight
~ 30 g
Packaging
Bulk cargo in cardboard boxes on Euro pallet (500 pcs.)
Accuracy
Test conditions: 25 ÀC, 45% RH, power supply 24 VDC / 5 VDC

Parameter Unit
TC z.p. / TC s. 2 ... +80 ÀC
Tolerance zero point max. % FS μ 1.5
Tolerance full scale max. % FS μ 1.5
Resolution % FS 0.1
Total of linearity, hysteresis
and repeatability max. % FS μ 1.0
Long term stabilitiy acc. to DIN EN 60770 % FS μ 0.5
TC zero point 3) typ. % FS/10K μ 0.6 4)
TC sensitivity 3) typ. % FS/10K μ 0.15
Ratiometric error 5) typ. % FS μ 0.5
1)
Ratiometric version only through the electrical connector mechanically protected. 3)
4)
>10 bar = max. ±1.0 % FS/10K 5)
At ratiometric version only
1 2 3 4 5
Variantenplan
Order code selection table 505. X X X X X
0 ... 4 bar 9 1 5
0 ... 10 bar material admission for drinking water < 85 ÀC 9 3 0 7,B 2
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 12 bar material admission for drinking water < 85 ÀC 9 3 B 7,B
0 ... 16 bar material admission for drinking water < 85 ÀC 9 3 1 7,B
▲ Full scale signal at this pressure
Connection plug fitting standard 5 3
Connection plug fitting standard without orifice 5 9
Connection plug fitting form 2 5 2
Connection plug fitting form 3 5 1
Pressure connection Connection plug fitting form 4 without orifice 5 A
Outside thread G ⅜ 5 4
Outside thread G ⅜ material admission for drinking water < 85 ÀC 5 5
Outside thread G ⅜ with needle valve 5 6
Outside thread G ⅜ without orifice 7
Outside thread G ⅜ with with needle valve without orifice 5 8
Outside thread G ¼ without orifice B
0.5 ... 3.5 V 8.5 ... 30 VDC 0
Output / power supply ratiom. 10 ... 70% 5 VDC μ5% 1
ratiom. 10 ... 50% 5 VDC μ5% 2
Accessories 2)
Order number
Safety spring for plug connector standard 105883
Female connector RAST 2.5 with cable 1450 mm 103167
AMP Connector 4) ManufacturerÊs Part No. Colour For flexible wire
3-829868-3 grey 7 x 0.20 mm = 0.22 mm2 or Connector with cable

12 x 0.20 mm = 0.35 mm2
1-966194-3 beige 7 x 0.25 mm = 0.35 mm2 IN = red
OUT = yellow
GND = black
Plug-fitting form 2
Connector plug-fitting Connector G ⅜
standard Safety spring standard
Plug-fitting form 3
Connector G ¼
17
Connector 3/8
with needle valve
Customer specific counter

part for plug fitting Customer specific counter
Customer specific counter part for thread G ¼
part for thread G3/8
Bottom variable, Plug-fitting form 4

customer specific
1)
3)
To be ordered separately from original manufacturer. Further information can be found in the manufacturer specification No. 114-18049
OEM relative pressure

Pressure range
-0.5 ... 7 bar / 0 ... 10 60 bar
Type 506 pressure transmitters are suitable for different applica- Compact construction
tions in the field of industrial refrigeration due to itÊs application
Automated manufacture in large
specific pressure connections.
quantities for ideal price /
Partially automated manufacturing allows the efficient
performance ratio
production of large quantities, resulting in an excellent
price / performance ratio. Robust ceramic sensor technology
High resistance to extreme temperatures
No mechanical creepage
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative -0.5 ... 7 bar / 0 ... 10 60 bar
Medium Refrigerants
Temperature
Tolerable overload 2 x fs (max. 80 bar)
Materials
Case PA6, red
Materials in contact with the medium Pressure connection Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
Sealing material CR (chlorine caoutchouc)
Electrical overview
Output Power supply Load Current consumption1)
4 ... 20 mA 8.0 ... 33 VDC < supply voltage
0.02 A
-8V
[Ohm] < 20 mA
2 wire
4 ... 20 mA 10.0 ... 33 VDC < supply voltage
0.02 A
- 10 V
[Ohm] < 20 mA
0 ... 5 V 9.0 ... 33 VDC > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 5 mA
1 ... 6 V 10.4 ... 33 VDC > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 5 mA
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 50 Hz
Protection standard
IP 65
Cable 1.5 m
Connector M12x1 (pastic)
Pressure connection
Inside thread /16 - 20 UNF Schrader
7
/16 - 20 UNF
7
Outside thread
¼ -18 NPT
Recommened: Pressure connection downwards
Tests / Admissions
Weight
With inside thread ~ 95 g
With outside thread ~ 110 g
With cable 1.5 m additional ~ 40 g

Accuracy
Parameter Unit 0 ... 10 bar > 10 ... 60bar

Tolerance zero point max. % fs μ 1.0 μ 1.0
Tolerance full scale max. % fs μ 1.0 μ 1.0
Resolution % fs 0.1 0.1
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability max. % fs μ 1.0 μ 0.5
Long term stability acc. to DIN EN 60770 % fs μ 1.0 μ 1.0
TC zero point 2) max. % fs/10K μ 0.4 μ 0.4
TC sensitivity 2) typ. % fs/10K - 0.15 - 0.15
TC sensitivity 2) max. % fs/10K - 0.3 - 0.3

TC z.p. / TC s. -40 ⁄ +80 ÀC
1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

0 ... 10 bar 9 3 0
0 ... 16 bar 9 3 1
0 ... 25 bar 9 3 2
Pressure range
0 ... 40 bar 9 3 3
0 ... 60 bar 9 4 0
Sealing material 1) CR A
0 ... 5 V 9.0 ⁄ 33 VDC 1
1 ... 6 V 10.4 ⁄ 33 VDC 6
0 ... 10 V 16.2 ⁄ 33 VDC 2
10.0 ⁄ 33 VDC 3
4 ... 20 mA
8.0 ⁄ 33 VDC 8
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5% 4
Cable 1.5 m 0
DIN EN 175301-803-A 1
Connector 2) DIN EN 175301-803-C (industrial standard 9.4 mm) 2
M12x1 (plastic) 3
Inside thread 7
/16 - 20 UNF Schrader 0 1
Pressure connection 7
/16 - 20 2
Outside thread
¼ - 18 NPT 3
without 1
Pressure tip orifice
with 2
(optional) Indicate W and state range on order (e.g.: W0...8bar/Out1...8V) W
Storage versions
Output 4 ⁄ 20 mA Pressure range Order number
Power supply 10 ⁄ 33 VDC -0.5 ⁄ 7 bar 506.930A23101W-0.5⁄7bar
Electrical connection 2) Connector DIN EN 175301-803-A, IP 65 0 ⁄ 25 bar 506.932A23101W0⁄25bar
Pressure connection Inside thread 7/16-20 UNF
Sealing material CR (chlorine caoutchouc)
Colour of cover black
Female connector
6WHFNGRVH
',1(1$
DIN EN 175301-803-A
,QQHQJHZLQGH
Inside thread
7 81)

/18 - 20 UNF

Accessories 3)
Order number
Female connector DIN EN 175301-803-A with seal (IP 65, when installed and latched) 103510
Female connector DIN EN 175301-803-C with seal (IP 65, when installed and latched) 104244
Female connector M12x1 103524
1)
Without female connector 3)
Female connector
DIN EN 175301-803-A
,QQHQJHZLQGH
inside thread /HLWHU
3 wire
/16-81)
7
20 UNF
6FKUDGHU
Schrader

Female connector
DIN EN 175301-803-C 2 wire
/HLWHU

3 wire
/HLWHU
81)
brown
EUDXQ
white
ZHLVV

green
JUQ
cable 1.5 m
.DEHOP
2 wire
/HLWHU
brown
EUDXQ
¼ 137
green
JUQ
Female connector
6WHFNGRVH
M12x1
0[
3 wire
/HLWHU
2 wire
/HLWHU
OEM relative and absolute

Pressure range
-1 ... 0 600 bar
Type 511 pressure transmitters meet the highest Compact, rugged construction for
specifications for longevity, accuracy, temperature stability and highest operational reliability
EMC characteristics, making them suitable for an
No media egress when exceeding
extremely wide range of demanding industrial applications.
rupture pressure
Negligible temperature influence on
accuracy
Excellent EMC capacity
Saving time by quick cable mounting
by the customer with swift connector
Technical overview
Pressure range
Absolute 0 ... 25 bar
FPM -15 ... +125 ÀC
EPDM -25 ... +125 ÀC
NBR -25 ... +85 ÀC
Temperature FPM spec. -40 ... +150 ÀC (UL max. 125 ÀC)
ratiom. output, AMP JPT max. +125 ÀC
Ambient 1)
all other versions max. + 85 ÀC
<6 3.0 x fs
Tolerable overload / Rupture pressure 2)
>6 2.5 x fs (max. 900 bar)
Materials
Case Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
Pressure connection Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
Materials in contact with the medium Media stop system PPS
Sealing material FPM, EPDM, NBR, FPM spec.
Media stop system

Huba-patented media stop system to prevent media egress when exeeding rupture pressure range (> 40 bar nominal value).
Electrical overview
2 wire 4 ... 20 mA 8.0 ... 33 VDC < supply0.02
voltage - 8 V
A [Ohm] < 20 mA
0 ... 5 V 8.0 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
1 ... 6 V 8.0 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
3 wire 0 ... 10 V 11.4 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
0 ... 10 V 24 VAC μ15% >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5% >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
standard 500 VDC
Insulation voltage
optional 1000 VDC
Dynamic response
Response time < 2 ms, typ. 1 ms
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Protection standard
With connector DIN EN 175301-803-C IP 65
All other versions IP 67
Cable 1.5 m
Swift connector
Connector AMP (Junior power time)
Connector M12x1 plastic thread
Connector M12x1 metal thread
Pressure connection
Inside thread G ¼ with O-Ring seal
G ¼ sealed at back, DIN 3852-E
G ½ sealed at front
G ½ sealed at back and manometer (combi)
¼ -18 NPT
Outside thread
R ¼ EN 10226
M12x1.5 sealed at back, DIN 3852-E
Unrestricted
Tests / Admissions
UL acc. Standard 61010-1
Shock acc. IEC 60068-2-27 100 g, 11 ms half sine wave, all 6 directions. Free fall from 2 m on concrete (6x)
Constant shock acc. IEC 60068-2-29 40 g for 6 ms, 1000x all 3 directions
Vibration acc. IEC 60068-2-6 20 g, 2 ... 2000 Hz with amplitude μ 15 mm, 1 Octave/min. all 3 directions, 50 constant load
Weight
Version with inside thread ~ 85 g
Version with outside thread ~ 95 g

Single packaging in cardboard accessories integrated
Multiple packaging in cardboard (25 pcs) accessories integrated
Accuracy
Parameter Unit Test conditions: 25 ÀC, 45% RH, power supply 24 VDC
TC z.p. / TC s. -40 ... +125 ÀC
Tolerance zero point max. % fs μ0.3
Tolerance full scale max. % fs μ0.3
Resolution % fs 0.1
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability max. % fs μ0.3
Long term stability acc. DIN EN 60770 % fs μ1.0
TC zero point 4) max. % fs/10K μ0.15
TC sensitivity 4) max. % fs/10K μ0.15
1)
Version until +150 ÀC on request 2)
higher overload and rupture pressure on request 3)
at nominal pressure 4)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Order code selection table in bar 511. X X X X X X X X X X

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
-1 ... 0 bar 9 0 0
0 ... 1 bar 1 1
0 ... 1.6 bar 1 2
0 ... 2.5 bar 1 4
0 ... 4 bar 1 5
0 ... 6 bar 1 7
0 ... 10 bar 3 0
0 ... 16 bar 3 1
Pressure range 1) 0 ... 25 bar 3 2
0 ... 40 bar 9 3 3 2
0 ... 60 bar 9 4 0 2
0 ... 100 bar 9 4 1 2,5
0 ... 160 bar 9 4 2 2,5
0 ... 250 bar 9 4 3 2,5
0 ... 400 bar (FPM spec. seal only) 9 5 4 6 2,5
0 ... 600 bar (FPM spec. seal only) 9 5 5 6 2,5
Sealing material 2)
FPM spec. Fluoro elastomer spec. 6
8.0 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=3 / GND=4 1
0 ... 5 V
8.0 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 F 5,7
8.0 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=3 / GND=4 6
1 ... 6 V
8.0 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 G 5,7
Output / power supply 11.4 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=3 / GND=4 2
0 ... 10 V 11.4 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 H 5,7
24 VAC μ15% 7 1,0
4 ... 20 mA 8.0 ... 33 VDC 3
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5% 4
Cable 1.5 m 0
Swift connector 1
AMP JPT 3) 2
Electrical connection M12x1 plastic thread 3) 5
Connector M12x1 metal thread 3) 7
DIN EN 175301-803-C 2 w: IN=3 / OUT=1 3 w: IN=3 / OUT=2 / GND=1 8
Inside thread G ¼ with O-Ring seal (no pressure tip orifice possible) 1 1,2
G ¼ sealed at back, DIN 3852-E 4
G ½ sealed at front 9
G ½ sealed at back and manometer (combi) 8
Pressure connection 4)
Outside thread ¼ -18 NPT 3
R ¼, EN 10226 7
M12x1.5 sealed at back, DIN 3852-E 5
Stainless steel without media stopper (< 60 bar) 1
Version Stainless steel with media stopper (standard > 40 bar) 2
Stainless steel with pressure tip orifice (> 100 bar) 5
Accessories
Order number
Female connector for connector M12x1 106975
Female connector AMP (Junior power timer) 2-wire 110442
Female connector AMP (Junior power timer) 3-wire 108767
Female connector swift connector (included in delivery) 107359
Female connector 104244
1)
Other pressure range on request 2)
Other sealing material on request 3)
Delivery without female connector 4)
Other pressure connection on request
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Order code selection table in psi 511. X X X X X X X X X X

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
-30 ... 0"hg 9 A 0
0 ... 15 psi B 1
0 ... 30 psi B 4
0 ... 60 psi B 5
0 ... 100 psi B 7
0 ... 200 psi C 1
0 ... 300 psi C 2
Pressure range 1) 0 ... 500 psi 9 C 3 2
0 ... 750 psi 9 D 0 2
0 ... 1000 psi 9 D 1 2,5
0 ... 2000 psi 9 D 2 2,5
0 ... 3000 psi 9 D 3 2,5
0 ... 5000 psi (FPM spec. seal only) 9 E 4 6 2,5
0 ... 7500 psi (FPM spec. seal only) 9 E 5 6 2,5
Sealing material 2)
8.0 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=3 / GND=4 1
0 ... 5 V
8.0 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 F 5,7
8.0 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=3 / GND=4 6
1 ... 6 V
8.0 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 G 5,7
0 ... 10 V 11.4 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 H 5,7
24 VAC μ15% 7 1,0
4 ... 20 mA 8.0 ... 33 VDC 3
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5% 4
Cable 1.5 m 0
Swift connector 1
AMP JPT 3) 2
Inside thread G ¼ mit O-Ring seal (no pressure tip orifice possible) 1 1,2
R ¼, EN 10226 7
Stainless steel without media stopper (< 700 psi) 1
Version Stainless steel with media stopper (standard > 500 psi) 2
Stainless steel with pressure tip orifice (> 1000 psi) 5
(optional) Indicate W and state range on order (e.g.: W0... + 120psi/OUT1...6V) W
1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Order code selection table in MPa 511. X X X X X X X X X X

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
-0.1 ... 0 MPa 9 F 0
0 ... 0.1 MPa G 1
0 ... 0.16 MPa G 2
0 ... 0.25 MPa G 4
0 ... 0.4 MPa G 5
0 ... 0.6 MPa G 7
0 ... 1 MPa H 0
0 ... 1.6 MPa H 1
Pressure range 1) 0 ... 2.5 MPa H 2
0 ... 4 MPa 9 H 3 2
0 ... 6 MPa 9 K 0 2
0 ... 10 MPa 9 K 1 2,5
0 ... 16 MPa 9 K 2 2,5
0 ... 25 MPa 9 K 3 2,5
0 ... 40 MPa (FPM spec. seal only) 9 L 4 6 2,5
0 ... 60 MPa (FPM spec. seal only) 9 L 5 6 2,5
Sealing material 2)
8.0 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=3 / GND=4 1
0 ... 5 V
8.0 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 F 5,7
8.0 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=3 / GND=4 6
1 ... 6 V
8.0 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 G 5,7
0 ... 10 V 11.4 ... 33 VDC IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 H 5,7
24 VAC μ15% 7 1,0
4 ... 20 mA 8.0 ... 33 VDC 3
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5% 4
Cable 1.5 m 0
Swift connector 1
AMP JPT 3) 2
Inside thread G ¼ with O-Ring seal (no pressure tip orifice possible) 1 1,2
R ¼, EN 10226 7
Stainless steel without media stopper (< 6 MPa) 1
Version Stainless steel with media stopper (standard > 4 MPa) 2
Stainless steel with pressure tip orifice (> 10 MPa) 5
(optional) Indicate W and state range on order (e.g.: W0... + 0.8MPa/OUT1...6V) W
1)

Female connector
2 wire 3 wire
swift connector
G 1/4 (4 ... 20 mA)
Inside thread
absolute pressure ~ 83
relative pressure ~ 82
brown brown white
OUT green OUT green

All absolute versions Female connector M12x1

are especially marked
with an indentation. absolute pressure ~ 83
Female connector AMP JPT
Female connector
DIN EN 175301-803-C
manometer connection absolute pressure ~ 87

Relative pressure transmitter

type 512 for mobile hydraulic
Pressure range
0 ... 60 1000 bar
The pressure transmitter type 512 with cable connection Compact and rugged construction for
meets the highest demands of industrial and mobil hydraulic highest operational reliability
applications. This sensor is available with protection standard
Welded construction
IP69K. The standard pressure orifice prevents damage due to
no elastomer seals
pressure peaks.
The compact and rugged design meets the requirement of accuracy
shock- and vibration stability according Kfz-norm ISO 16750. Excellent EMC-capacity
The pressure transmitter type 512 guarantees highest EMC
stability according to various Kfz regulations with test level up Rugged PUR cable with IP 69K
to 100V/m.
The measuring cell is based upon the Huba Control developed

thick film technology on stainless steel and is fully hermetically
welded .
Technical Overview
Pressure range
Medium -40 ... +125 ÀC
Temperature Ambient -40 ... +100 ÀC
Storage -40 ... +100 ÀC
< 400 bar 3 x FS
Tolerable overload
> 400 bar 2.5 x FS (max. 1500 bar)
< 400 bar 6 x FS
Rupture pressure
> 400 bar 4 x FS (max. 2500 bar)
Materials
Case Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316 L
Cable PUR
Pressure connection Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316 L
Sensor Stainless steel
Electrical overview
2 wire 4 ... 20 mA 9.5 ... 33 VDC < Power supply - 9.5 V
0.02 A [Ohm]< 23 mA
0 ... 5 V 7.5 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
1 ... 6 V 8.5 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
3 wire
0 ... 10 V 12.5 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ 10% >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
Insulation voltage 1000 VDC
Protection class
Protection class III
Dynamic response
Response time < 2 ms (10... 90%, typ. 1 ms)
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Protection standard
IP 69K
Cable PUR 1.5 m
Pressure connection
/16 - 20 UNF
7
¼ -18 NPT
Outside thread G ¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
M14x1.5 sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
R ¼ EN 10226
Unrestricted
Tests / Admissions
Noise immunity / Noise emission Noise immunity automotive guideline Noise emission automotive guideline
ISO 13766 - earth-moving equipment ISO 11452-2, HF (Field), 100 V/m (200 ... 2000 MHz) CISPR25
DIN EN 13309 - construction equipment ISO 11452-4, HF (BCI), 100 mA (20 ... 400 MHz)
Electromagnetic compatibility DIN ISO 14982 - agriculture and forestry ISO 10605, ESD, ±8 kV contact, ±15 kV air
Automotive guideline ECE R10 1) ISO 7637-2, puls 2), test level 4 3)
Automotive guideline 2004/104/EG 1) ISO 16750-2, Load Dump, 155 V (1 Ω, 300 ms)
EN 61326-2-3 - pressure transducer
Environmental test ISO 16750-Z-J-O-Z IP69K
Shock acc. IEC 68-2-27 50 g, 11 ms, half sine wave, 1000x / axis
Vibration acc. ISO 16750-3 Test VI (12 g, sinusodial 18 g random vibration)
cULus acc. 61010-1
Weight
~ 176 g

Multiple packaging in cardboard (2 pcs)
Accuracy
Parameter Unit
Characteristic line acc. IEC 61298-2 4),5) % fs μ 0.5
Resolution % fs 0.1
Thermal characteristic 6) max. % fs/10K μ 0.2
Long term stability acc. IEC 61298-2 max. % fs μ 0.25
1)
E1 approval for customer specific type on request 2)
Puls 1, 2a, 2b, 3a, 3b 3)
Pressure sensor for 12 V and 24 V power system (0 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V / 1 ... 6 V and 4 ... 20 mA)
4)
incl. zero point, full scale, linearity, hysteresis and repeatability 5)
Considering EMC interference < μ1.5% fs 6)
-15 ... 85 ÀC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Order code selection table in bar 512. X X X X X X X X X X X

0 ... + 60 bar 9 4 0 S 0
0 ... + 100 bar 9 4 1 S 0
0 ... + 160 bar 9 4 2 S 0
Pressure range 1) 0 ... + 250 bar 9 4 3 S 0
0 ... + 400 bar 9 5 4 S 0
0 ... + 600 bar 9 5 5 S 0
0 ... + 1000 bar 9 5 7 S 0
0 ... 5 V 7.5 ... 33 VDC 1
0 ... 10 V 12.5 ... 33 VDC 2
Output / Power supply 1 ... 6 V 8.5 ... 33 VDC 6
4 ... 20 mA 9.5 ... 33 VDC 3
10 ... 90% ratiom. 5 VDC μ10% 7
Electrical connection Cable 1.5 m L
7
/16 -20 UNF 2 2 1
¼ -18 NPT 3 2 1
Pressure connection 1) Outside thread G ¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal FPM 4 2 1
M14x1.5 sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal FPM 6 2 1
R ¼ acc. EN 10226 7 2 1
(optional) Indicate W and state range on order (e.g.: W0... + 300bar/Out1...8V) W
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Order code selection table in psi 512. X X X X X X X X X X X

0 ... + 1000 psi 9 D 1 S 0
0 ... + 1500 psi 9 D 2 S 0
0 ... + 2000 psi 9 D 3 S 0
Pressure range 1) 0 ... + 3000 psi 9 D 4 S 0
0 ... + 5000 psi 9 E 4 S 0
0 ... + 6000 psi 9 E 5 S 0
0 ... + 8700 psi 9 E 6 S 0
0 ... + 14500 psi 9 E 7 S 0
0 ... 5 V 7.5 ... 33 VDC 1
0 ... 10 V 12.5 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA 9.5 ... 33 VDC 3
10 ... 90% ratiom. 5 VDC μ10% 7
7
/16 -20 UNF 2 2 1
¼ -18 NPT 3 2 1
R ¼ acc. EN 10226 7 2 1
(optional) Indicate W and state range on order (e.g.: W0... + 4000psi/Out1...8V) W
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Order code selection table in MPa 512. X X X X X X X X X X X

0 ... + 6 MPa 9 K 0 S 0
0 ... + 10 MPa 9 K 1 S 0
0 ... + 16 MPa 9 K 2 S 0
Pressure range 1) 0 ... + 25 MPa 9 K 3 S 0
0 ... + 40 MPa 9 L 4 S 0
0 ... + 60 MPa 9 L 5 S 0
0 ... + 100 MPa 9 L 7 S 0
0 ... 5 V 7.5 ... 33 VDC 1
0 ... 10 V 12.5 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA 9.5 ... 33 VDC 3
10 ... 90% ratiom. 5 VDC μ10vc% 7
7
/16 -20 UNF 2 2 1
¼ -18 NPT 3 2 1
Outside thread G ¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal FPM 4 2 1
R ¼ nach EN 10226 7 2 1
(optional) Indicate W and state range on order (e.g.: W0... + 30MPa/Out1...8V) W
Accessories
Order number
Calibration certificate (not possible with pressure range 0 ... 1000 bar) 104551
1)
Other pressure range or pressure connection on request
Attention: min. bending radius cable PUR > 15x cladding-±
2 wire 3 wire
brown brown
white
green green

Pressure range
-1 ... 0 600 bar
Type 515 pressure transmitter with cable connection meets Compact, rugged construction for
the highest demands for industry and vehicle manufacturing highest operational reliability
applications.
The compact and robust mechanical design incorporating
accuracy
protection standard IP69K allows the use in stringent
conditions. Excellent EMC capacity
Technical overview
Pressure range 1)
Medium Liquids
FPM -15 ... +125 ÀC
EPDM -25 ... +125 ÀC
Temperature NBR -25 ... +85 ÀC
FPM spec. -40 ... +150 ÀC
Ambient max. +85 ÀC
<6 3.0 x fs
Tolerable overload / Rupture pressure 2)
>6 2.5 x fs (max. 900 bar)
Materials
Pressure connection Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
Media stop sytsem PPS
Sealing material FPM, EPDM, NBR, FPM spec.
Media stop system

Patented media stop system to prevent media egress when exeeding rupture pressure range (> 40 bar nominal value).
Electrical overview
2 wire 4 ... 20 mA 8.0 ... 33 VDC < supply voltage
0.02 A
-8V
[Ohm] < 20 mA
0 ... 5 V 8.0 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
1 ... 6 V 8.0 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
3 wire 0 ... 10 V 11.4 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
0 ... 10 V 24 VAC μ15% >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5% >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
standard 500 VDC
Insulation voltage
optional 1000 VDC
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Protection standard
IP 69K
Cable PUR 1.5 m
Pressure connection
Inside thread G ¼, with O-Ring seal
G ¼, sealed at back, DIN 3852-E
G ½, sealed at front
G ½, sealed at back and manometer (combi)
Outside thread ¼, -18 NPT
R ¼, EN 10226
Unrestricted
Tests / Admissions
Shock acc. IEC 60068-2-27 40 g, 6 ms half sine wave, all 3 directions. Free fall from 2 m on concrete (6x)
Constant shock acc. IEC 60068-2-29 40 g for 6 ms, 1000 x all 3 directions
Vibration acc. IEC 60068-2-6 25 g, 2 ... 2000 Hz with amplitude μ 15 mm, 1 Octave/min. all 3 directions, 50 constant load
Weight
With thread G ½ ~ 225 g
All other versions ~ 180 g

Accuracy
Tolerance zero point max. % fs μ 0.3 TC z.p. / TC s. -25 ... +85 ÀC
Resolution % fs 0.1
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability max. % fs μ 0.3
Long term stability acc. DIN EN 60770 % fs μ 0.5
TC sensitivity 4) max. % fs/10K 0/-0.3
1)
Other overload and Rupture pressure on request 3)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Order code selection table in bar 515. X X X X X X X X X X

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
-1 ... 0 bar 9 0 0
0 ... 1 bar 1 1
0 ... 1.6 bar 1 2
0 ... 2.5 bar 1 4
0 ... 4 bar 1 5
0 ... 6 bar 1 7
0 ... 10 bar 3 0
0 ... 16 bar 3 1
0 ... 40 bar 9 3 3 2
0 ... 60 bar 9 4 0 2
0 ... 100 bar 9 4 1 2,5
0 ... 160 bar 9 4 2 2,5
0 ... 250 bar 9 4 3 2,5
0 ... 400 bar FPM spec. seal only 9 5 4 6 2,5
0 ... 600 bar FPM spec. seal only 9 5 5 6 2,5
Sealing material 2)
0 ... 5 V 8.0 ... 33 VDC 1
1 ... 6 V 8.0 ... 33 VDC 6
Output / power supply 0 ... 10 V 11.4 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA 8.0 ... 33 VDC 3
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5% 4
Electrical connection Cable 1.5 m PUR 0
Inside thread G ¼ mit O-Ring seal 1
R ¼, EN 10226 7
without media stopper 1
Version Stainless steel with media stopper (standard from 40 bar) 2
with pressure tip orifice (from 100 bar on) 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Order code selection table in psi 515. X X X X X X X X X X

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
-30 ... 0"hg 9 A 0
0 ... 15 psi B 1
0 ... 30 psi B 4
0 ... 60 psi B 5
0 ... 100 psi B 7
0 ... 200 psi C 1
0 ... 300 psi C 2
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 500 psi 9 C 3 2
0 ... 750 psi 9 D 0 2
0 ... 1000 psi 9 D 1 2,5
0 ... 2000 psi 9 D 2 2,5
0 ... 3000 psi 9 D 3 2,5
0 ... 5000 psi FPM spec. seal only 9 E 4 6 2,5
0 ... 7500 psi FPM spec. seal only 9 E 5 6 2,5
Sealing material 2)
0 ... 5 V 8.0 ... 33 VDC 1
1 ... 6 V 8.0 ... 33 VDC 6
4 ... 20 mA 8.0 ... 33 VDC 3
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5% 4
R ¼, EN 10226 7
Version Stainless steel with media stopper (standard from 750 psi) 2
with pressure tip orifice (from 2000 psi on) 5
1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Order code selection table in MPa 515. X X X X X X X X X X

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
-0.1 ... 0 MPa 9 F 0
0 ... 0.1 MPa G 1
0 ...0.16 MPa G 2
0 ...0.25 MPa G 4
0 ... 0.4 MPa G 5
0 ... 0.6 MPa G 7
0 ... 1 MPa H 0
0 ... 1.6 MPa H 1
Pressure range 1) 0 ... 2.5 MPa H 2
0 ... 4 MPa 9 H 3 2
0 ... 6 MPa 9 K 0 2
0 ... 10 MPa 9 K 1 2,5
0 ... 16 MPa 9 K 2 2,5
0 ... 25 MPa 9 K 3 2,5
0 ... 40 MPa FPM spec. seal only 9 L 4 6 2,5
0 ... 60 MPa FPM spec. seal only 9 L 5 6 2,5
Sealing material 2)
0 ... 5 V 8.0 ... 33 VDC 1
1 ... 6 V 8.0 ... 33 VDC 6
4 ... 20 mA 8.0 ... 33 VDC 3
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5% 4
R ¼, EN 10226 7
Version Stainless steel with media stopper (standard from 4 MPa) 2
with pressure tip orifice (from 10 MPa on) 5
1)
2-wire 3-wire
(4 ... 20 mA)
brown brown
white
Pressure absolute ~ 46 green
green
Pressure relative ~ 45
G 1/4
Inside thread
Pressure absolute ~ 46
Pressure relative ~ 45
3
=9
ius
ad
ingr
nd
be
min.
All absolute versions are especially

marked with an indentation
manometer connector

Pressure range
-1 ... 0 16 bar
Used in combination with a unique integrated electronic design Integrated amplifier electronics
the type 516 gives a high degree of accuracy for all temperature
No customer specific adjustment necessary
ranges.
Excellent EMC capacity by
This technology, with its amplified ratiometric output signal, reinforcement on measuring cell
allows direct assembly without the need of user temperature Easy and quick fitting on PCB
or pressure adjustment.
accuracy
Technical overview
Pressure range
Absolute 0 ... 1 16 bar
Barometric sensor 0.8 ... 1.4 bar
NBR -25 ... +80 ÀC
Medium / ambient
FPM spec. -30 ... +80 ÀC
Temperature * in packaging -40 ... +65 ÀC
Storage
without packaging -40 ... +80 ÀC
<6 3.0 x fs
Overload / rupture pressure *
>6 2.5 x fs
Materials
Case PA
Pressure connection PA / Stainless steel 1.4305
Materials in contact with medium Sensor Ceramic Al2O3 (96%)
Sealing material NBR, FPM spec.
Elektrical overview
With full scale adjustment ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5% > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
Without full scale adjustment ratiom. 10 ... 60% μ1.2 V 5 VDC μ5% > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
ESD handling Necessary
Electromagnetic compatibility The product is designed exclusively for installation in equipment.The customer is responsible for CE conformity.
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Protection standard
IP 00
Flexible connector (Prevent repeated bending)
Contact spacing Rast 2.54 (100 mil)
Pressure connection
Plastic quick fitting
Metal quick fitting
Unrestricted
Tests / Admissions
Vibration acc. DIN IEC 600-68-2-6 20 g, 2 ... 2000 Hz with amplitude μ 15 mm, 10 Octave/min. all 3 directions, 3 constant load.
Weight
With plastic quick fitting ~ 15 g
With metal quick fitting ~ 25 g
Packaging
Multiple packaging 4 blisters in covering box (140 pcs)
*)
Please note:
Max. admissible pressure and temperature can be limited with the applied tube (see Tube for plastic quick fitting Tube for metal quick fitting
diagram). It is essential to consider the manufacturersÊ instruction for the tube. bar 16 bar 50
14 45
40
12
35
10
30
8 25
6 20
15
4
10
2
5
0 0
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
°C °C
Material: Polyamid ± inside: 2.9 mm Material: Polyamid ± inside: 2 mm

± outside: 4 mm ± outside: 4 mm
Accuracy
Parameter Unit -1 ⁄ 0 16 bar barometric sensor Test conditions:
25 ÀC, 45% RH, Power supply 24 VDC
Tolerance zero point 1) max. % fs μ 0.5 μ 0.5
TC z.p. / TC s. -15 ⁄ +80 ÀC
Tolerance full scale 1) max. % fs μ 0.5 μ 0.5
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability % fs μ 0.5 μ 0.8
Long term stability acc. to DIN EN 60770 % fs μ 0.5 μ 0.5
TC zero point 2) max. % fs/10K μ 0.3 μ 0.3
TC sensitivity 2) max. % fs/10K μ 0.2 μ 0.2
1)
Versions with full scale adjustment, only 2)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Order code selection table 516. X X X X X X X

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
-1 ⁄ + 0 bar 9 0 0
0.8 ⁄ + 1.4 bar barometric Sensor 8 1 0
0 ⁄+ 1 bar 1 1
0 ⁄ + 1.6 bar 1 2
0 ⁄ + 2.5 bar 1 4
Pressure range
0 ⁄+ 4 bar 1 5
0 ⁄+ 6 bar 1 7
0 ⁄ + 10 bar 3 0
0 ⁄ + 16 bar 3 1
Plastic quick fitting 2
O-Ring NBR
Sealing material/ Metal quick fitting 3
Pressure connection Plastic quick fitting 6
O-Ring FPM spec.
Metal quick fitting 7
Factory adjustment zero point and fullscale ratiom. 10 ... 90% at 5 VDC power supply 0 4
Adjustment / Output
Factory adjustment zero point only ratiom. 10 ... 60% μ1.2V at 5 VDC power supply 9 1 8
Pressure range variation 1)
(Optional) Indicate W and state range on order (e.g.: W0... + 8 bar/OUT0.5...4.5V) 0 4 W
Accessories 2)
Order number
Self tapping filister head screw WN 1412 KA22x8 108436
Mounting set for 35 pieces (screws, serrated look washers, nuts) M2.5x10 111423

0[

Pressure connection: Plastic quick fitting

(standard)

(

~ 32 mounted
(

Drilling plan for print

(
Pressure connection: Metal quick fitting
for higher pressure / higher temperature
(

(

(

10
12
~ 47 mounted
1)
Keep the space at the flex cable open for relative
pressure for the pressure compensation. Do not seal
or cover it.
2)
Securing holes
for self tapping screw (K22) ± 1.75 mm
for metric screw (M2.5) ± 2.7 mm
We recommend metric screws with nut instead of
self tapping screws for higher pressure or eventual
mechanical loads.
(see accessories mounting set)
3)
Positioning holes Installation advice for metal screwing
1. It is essential to connect the tube to the sensor before mounting on the pcb.
2. Assemble finger tight, final adjustment 1.5 turn with spanner 10.
1)
Versions with full scale adjustment, only 2)
Relative pressure
Pressure range
-1 ... 9 bar / 0 ... 2.5 1000 bar
The compact type 520 pressure transmitter is based upon Compact, rugged construction
the Huba Control developed thick film technology where the
Welded without sealing parts, no
pressure measuring cell is fully welded.
elastomer seals
This transmitter meets the high burst protection demands
and is suitable for the use in all types of refrigerants including Large selection of connections available.
ammonia. Saving time by quick cable mounting
by the customer with swift connector
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative -1 ... 9 bar / 0 ... 2.5 1000 bar
Medium Liquids, gases and refrigerants (incl. ammonia)
Medium -40 ... +135 ÀC ( -30 ... +120 ÀC)
Temperature Ambient -30 ... +85 ÀC ( -25 ... +85 ÀC)
Storage -50 ... +100 ÀC
< 6 bar 5 x fs
Tolerable overload
> 6 bar 3 x fs (max. 1500 bar)
< 6 bar 10 x fs
Rupture pressure
> 6 bar 6 x fs (max. 2500 bar)
Materials
Cover Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L (inside thread Schrader 1.4305 / AISI 303 only)
Plug accommodation Polyarylamide 50% GF UL 94 V-0
Pressure connection Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L (inside thread Schrader 1.4305 / AISI 303 only)
Materials in contact with medium
Electrical overview
4 ... 20 mA 7 ... 33 VDC < supply0.02
voltage - 7 V
A [Ohm] < 23 mA
2 wire supply voltage - 10 V
4 ... 20 mA 10 ... 30 VDC < 0.02 A [Ohm] < 23 mA
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
1 ... 6 V 8 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
3 wire
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC μ 15% >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
Insulation voltage standard 500 VDC
Protection class
Dynamic response
Response time < 2 ms, 1 ms typ.
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Protection standard
Connector DIN EN 175301-803, Braids IP 65
Connector RAST 2.5 IP 00
Swift connector, Metri Pack, Connector M12x1 IP 67
Swift connector with or without cable 1.5 / 2.0 / 3.0 / 5.0 m (PVC spec.)
Metri Pack Serie 150
Connector M12x1
Braids
Connector RAST 2.5 (3 wire only)
Pressure connection
7
/16 - 20 UNF without or with Schrader
Inside thread ½ -14 NPT (< 60 bar)
G¼ with O-Ring seal FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
7
/16 - 20 UNF sealed at front or sealing cone
¼ -18 NPT
G¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal ring in FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
G¼ sealed at back and manometer (combi) with profile seal ring in FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC) (< 60 bar)
R¼ EN 10226
Outside thread G½ sealed at back and manometer (combi) with profile seal ring in FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
⅛ - 27 NPT (< 60 bar)
G⅛ sealed at front (< 60 bar)
G⅛ sealed at back, with profile seal ring in FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC) (< 60 bar)
M10x1 sealed at back with Profile seal ring in FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC) (< 60 bar)
M20x1.5 sealed at front and manometer (combi)
G½ sealed at front
Unrestricted
Tests / Admissions
Raised noise resistantcy EN 50121-3-2
Shock acc. IEC 68-2-27 100 g, 11 ms half sine wave, all 6 directions, free fall from 1 m on concrete (6x)
Vibration acc. IEC 68-2-6 20 g, 15 ... 2000 Hz, 15 ... 25 Hz with amplitude μ 15 mm, 1 Octave/min. all 3 directions, 50 constant load
UL ANSI/UL 61010-1 acc. E325110
Drinking water approval NSF/ANSI 61/372 acc. MH60087
Protection against explosion ratiom. 10 ... 90% 4 ... 20 mA

Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
Intrinsic safety "i"
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125ÀC Da/Db Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125ÀC Da/Db
EC type examination certificate SEV 15 ATEX 0173 SEV 10 ATEX 0145
Connection to certified intrinsically safe resistive circuits with maximum values Ui < 15 VDC; Ii < 200 mA; Pi < 750 mW Ui < 30 VDC; Ii < 100 mA; Pi < 750 mW
Effective internal inductance and capacitance for versions with plugs complying with EN 175301-803-A or M12x1 Li = 0 nH; Ci < 150 nF Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
Weight
~ 90 g

Accuracy
Characteristic line 1)
% fs μ 0.3
Resolution % fs 0.1
Long term stability acc. IEC EN 60770-1 max. % fs μ 0.25
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

-1 ... 9 bar 9 0 6
0 ... 2.5 bar 9 1 4
0 ... 4 bar 9 1 5
0 ... 6 bar 9 1 7
0 ... 10 bar 9 3 0
0 ... 16 bar 9 3 1
0 ... 25 bar 9 3 2
0 ... 40 bar 9 3 3
Pressure range 3)
0 ... 60 bar 9 4 0
0 ... 100 bar 9 4 1
0 ... 160 bar 9 4 2
0 ... 250 bar 9 4 3
0 ... 400 bar 9 5 4
0 ... 600 bar 9 5 5
0 ... 1000 bar 9 5 7
standard S 0
Application for oxygen applications S 1 0
with drinking water approval NSF 61 S 4 0 1
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC 1
1 ... 6 V 8 ... 33 VDC 6
12 ... 33 VDC 2
0 ... 10 V
12 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC μ15% (not possible with M12x1, metri Pack, RAST, braids) 8
5 VDC μ10% 7
ratiom. 10 ... 90%
5 VDC μ10% Ex protection 0,4 9 3 1
7 ... 33 VDC 3
4 ... 20 mA 7 ... 33 VDC Raised noise resistantcy (not possible with Braids) A
10 ... 30 VDC Ex protection 0,4 4 1,3 1
DIN EN 175301-803-A 1
DIN EN 175301-803-C (industrial standard 9.4 mm) 2
M12x1 2w: IN=1 / OUT=3 3w: IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 3
Connector 4) M12x1 2w: IN=1 / OUT=4 3w: IN=1 / OUT=3 / GND=4 M
M12x1 2w: IN=1 / OUT=2 3w: IN=1 / OUT=2 / GND=3 P
RAST 2.5 0,4 7 4
Metri Pack Serie 150 5) 0,4 5
80 μ10 mm 6
290 μ10 mm 7
Braids
480 μ10 mm 8
730 μ10 mm 9
without cable 0
with cable 1.5 m L
Swift connector with cable 2.0 m N
with cable 3.0 m Q
with cable 5.0 m R
7
/16 -20 UNF sealing cone with schrader 0 0 N
7
/16 -20 UNF sealing cone K 1
Inside thread
½ -14 NPT 6) D 1
G ¼ with O-Ring seal FPM 1 1
7
/16 -20 UNF sealing cone 2 1
¼ -18 NPT 3 1
G ¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal ring in FPM 4 1
G ¼ sealed at back and manometer with profile seal ring in FPM 5 0 1
Pressure connection 3) R ¼ acc. to EN 10226 7 1
G ½ sealed at back and manometer with profile seal ring in FPM 0,1 8 1
Outside thread 7
/16 -20 UNF sealed at front G 1
⅛ - 27 NPT 6) A 1
G ⅛ sealed at front 6) M 1
G ⅛ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with Profile seal ring in FPM 6) 0,1 H 1
M10x1 sealed at back with profile seal ring in FPM 6) 0,1 F 1
M20x1.5 sealed at front and manometer (combi) E 1
G ½ sealed at front 9 1
without (inclusive pressure tip orifice from 100 bar on) 0
Pressure orifice
with 2
Material Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303 N
pressure connection Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L 1
Accessories
Order number
Swift connector 107359
Female connector DIN EN 175301-803-A with seal 103510
Female connector DIN EN 175301-803-C with seal 104244
Corner-wire box for connector M12x1 106975
Corner-wire box for connector M12x1 with cable 2.0 m 114604
Straight-wire box for connector M12x1 114570
Straight-wire box for connector M12x1 with cable 2.0 m 114605
Mounting bracket with screw 118716
Calibration certificate (not possible with pressure range 0 ... 1000 bar) 104551
1)
typ. ; max. 0.5% fs (incl. zero point, full scale, linearity, hysteresis and repeatability) 2)
-15 ... 85 ÀC 3)
Other pressure ranges or pressure connections on request 4)
5)
For pressure ranges < 10 bar only possible if deareation through the cable is assured 6)
(< 60 bar)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

-15 ... 130 psi 9 A 6
0 ... 30 psi 9 B 4
0 ... 60 psi 9 B 4
0 ... 100 psi 9 B 7
0 ... 200 psi 9 C 1
0 ... 300 psi 9 C 2
0 ... 500 psi 9 C 3
Pressure range 1) 0 ... 750 psi 9 D 0
0 ... 1000 psi 9 D 1
0 ... 2000 psi 9 D 2
0 ... 3000 psi 9 D 3
0 ... 5000 psi 9 E 4
0 ... 7500 psi 9 E 5
0 ... 14500 psi 9 E 7
standard S 0
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC 1
1 ... 6 V 8 ... 33 VDC 6
12 ... 33 VDC 2
0 ... 10 V
5 VDC μ10% 7
ratiom. 10 ... 90%
7 ... 33 VDC 3
DIN EN 175301-803-A 1
Connector 2)
M12x1 2w: IN=1 / OUT=4 3w: IN=1 / OUT=3 / GND=4 M
RAST 2.5 0,4 7 4
80 μ10 mm 6
290 μ10 mm 7
Braids
480 μ10 mm 8
730 μ10 mm 9
without cable 0
with cable 1.5 m L
with cable 3.0 m Q
with cable 5.0 m R
7
7
Inside thread
½ -14 NPT 4) D 1
7
¼ -18 NPT 3 1
Outside thread 7
⅛ - 27 NPT 4) A 1
M10x1 sealed at back with profile seal ring in FPM4) 0,1 F 1
without (inclusive pressure tip orifice from 750 psi on) 0
Pressure orifice
with 2
1)
For pressure ranges < 150 psi only possible if deareation through the cable is assured 4)
(< 870 psi)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

-0.1 ... 0.9 MPa 9 F 6
0 ... 0.25 MPa 9 G 4
0 ... 0.4 MPa 9 G 5
0 ... 0.6 MPa 9 G 7
0 ... 1 MPa 9 H 0
0 ... 1.6 MPa 9 H 1
0 ... 2.5 MPa 9 H 2
0 ... 4 MPa 9 H 3
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 6 MPa 9 K 0
0 ... 10 MPa 9 K 1
0 ... 16 MPa 9 K 2
0 ... 25 MPa 9 K 3
0 ... 40 MPa 9 L 4
0 ... 60 MPa 9 L 5
0 ... 100 MPa 9 L 7
standard S 0
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC 1
1 ... 6 V 8 ... 33 VDC 6
12 ... 33 VDC 2
0 ... 10 V
5 VDC μ10% 7
ratiom. 10 ... 90%
7 ... 33 VDC 3
4 ... 20 mA 7 ... 33 VDC Raised noise resistantcy (not possible with braids) A
DIN EN 175301-803-A 1
Connector 2)
RAST 2.5 0,4 7 4
80 μ10 mm 6
290 μ10 mm 7
Braids
480 μ10 mm 8
730 μ10 mm 9
without cable 0
with cable 1.5 m L
with cable 3.0 m Q
with cable 5.0 m R
7
7
Inside thread
½ -14 NPT 4) D 1
7
¼ -18 NPT 3 1
Outside thread 7
⅛ - 27 NPT 4) A 1
M10x1 sealed at back with profile seal ring in FPM 4) 0,1 F 1
without (inclusive pressure tip orifice from 10 MPa on) 0
Pressure orifice
with 2
1)
For pressure ranges < 1 MPa only possible if deareation through the cable is assured 4)
(< 6 MPa)
Dimensions in mm
Connector DIN EN
175301-803-C
Swift Connector
Connector DIN EN
175301-803-A
G ¼ inside
Connector M12x1
Metri Pack
7/16-20 UNF inside

without or with Schrader
Connector RAST 2.5
Braids
1/2-14 NPT
inside
Mounting bracket
2 wire
Connector DIN Swift connector Connector M12x1 Connector M12x1 Connector M12x1 Metri Pack Serie 150 Braids
EN 175301-803-A or C
brown
red
blue
green
,1 287 ,1 287 ,1 287 ,1 287 ,1 287 % ,1 $ 287
3 wire
Connector DIN Swift connector Connector M12x1 Connector M12x1 Connector M12x1 Metri Pack Serie 150
EN 175301-803-A or C
brown
white
green
,1 287 *1' ,1 287 *1' ,1 287 *1' ,1 287 *1' ,1 287 *1' % ,1 & 287 $ *1'
Braids Connector RAST 2.5
red
black
blue
Device design with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA Device design with explosion protection: ratiom. 10 ... 90%
The grounding connection is conductively connected to the transmitter housing. The electronic GND is connected with a 1MΩ resistor to the transmitter housing.
Connector DIN Connector M12x1 Connector DIN Connector M12x1

EN 175301-803-A EN 175301-803-A
1)
1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 1 (IN) 3 (OUT) 4 ( ) 1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 3 (GND) 1 (IN) 3 (GND) 4 (OUT)
1)
Not connected with transmitter housing

type 522 for shipbuilding
Pressure range
0 ... 2.5 600 bar
The compact type 522 pressure transmitter for shipbuilding is Compact, rugged construction
based upon the Huba Control developed thick film technology
Welded without sealing parts
where the pressure measuring cell is fully welded.
Certified for shipbuilding with:
The pressure measuring cell incorporates a fully welded const- - Germanischer Lloyd
ruction within the transducer housing. Highest requirements in - American Bureau of Shipping
various applications concerning burst can be met. - Bureau Veritas
- Det Norske Veritas
All pressure transmitters of type 522 have the most important - Lloyd`s Register
certifications for the shipbuilding industry.
Technical overview
Pressure range
Medium -40 ... +135 ÀC ( -30 ... +120 ÀC)
Temperature Ambient -30 ... +85 ÀC ( -25 ... +85 ÀC)
Storage -50 ... +100 ÀC
< 6 bar 5 x FS
Tolerable overload
> 6 bar 3 x FS (max. 1500 bar)
< 6 bar 10 x FS
Rupture pressure
Materials
Cover Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L
Pressure connection Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L
Electrical overview
4 ... 20 mA 7 ... 33 VDC < supply voltage
0.02 A
-7V
[Ohm] < 23 mA
4 ... 20 mA 10 ... 30 VDC < 0.02 A [Ohm] < 23 mA
3 wire 0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
Protection class
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Protection standard
Connector DIN EN 175301-803-A IP 65
Swift connector, Connector M12x1 IP 67
Swift connector with cable 1.5 m (PVC spec.)
Connector M12x1
Pressure connection
7
/16 - 20 UNF
Inside thread
½ - 14 NPT (< 60 bar)
7
/16 - 20 UNF
¼ -18 NPT
G¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with Profile seal ring in FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
Outside thread G½ sealed at back and manometer (combi) with Profile seal ring in FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
G½ sealed at front
Unrestricted
Tests / Admissions
Shock acc. IEC IEC 68-2-27 100 g, 11 ms half sine wave, all 6 directions, free fall from 1 m on concrete (6x)
Germanischer Lloyd
American Bureau of Shipping
Shipbuilding Bureau Veritas
Det Norske Veritas
Lloyd`s Register
Protection against explosion

Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
Intrinsic safety "i" (with current output only)
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125ÀC Da/Db
EC type examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0145
Connection to certified intrinsically safe resistive circuits with maximum values Ui = 30 VDC; Ii = 100 mA = Pi = 0.75 W
Effective internal inductance and capacitance for versions with plugs complying with EN 175301-803-A or M12x1 Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
Weight
~ 90 g

Accuracy
Characteristic line 1) % fs μ 0.3
Resolution % fs 0.1
1)
-15 ... 85 ÀC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

0 ... 2.5 bar 9 1 4 S 0
0 ... 4 bar 9 1 5 S 0
0 ... 6 bar 9 1 7 S 0
0 ... 10 bar 9 3 0 S 0
0 ... 16 bar 9 3 1 S 0
0 ... 25 bar 9 3 2 S 0
0 ... 40 bar 9 3 3 S 0
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 60 bar 9 4 0 S 0
0 ... 100 bar 9 4 1 S 0
0 ... 160 bar 9 4 2 S 0
0 ... 250 bar 9 4 3 S 0
0 ... 400 bar 9 5 4 S 0
0 ... 600 bar 9 5 5 S 0
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC 2
Output / power supply 7 ... 33 VDC 3
4 ... 20 mA
10 ... 30 VDC Ex protection 4 1,3
DIN EN 175301-803-A 2) 1
M12x1 2) 2w: IN=1 / OUT=3 3w: IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 3
Electrical connection Connector
M12x1 2) 2w: IN=1 / OUT=4 3w: IN=1 / OUT=3 / GND=4 M
Swift connector with cable 1.5 m L
7
/16 - 20 UNF K 0 1
Inside thread
½ - 14 NPT (< 60 bar) D 0 1
7
/16 - 20 UNF 2 0 1
¼ - 18 NPT 3 0 1
Pressure connection
G ¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with Profile seal ring in FPM 4 0 1
Outside thread
G ½ sealed at back and manometer with Profile seal ring in FPM 8 0 1
M20x1.5 sealed at front and manometer (combi) E 0 1
G ½ sealed at front 9 0 1
Accessories
Order number
Corner-wire box for connector M12x1 3-pole 106975
Mounting bracket
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

0 ... 30 psi 9 B 4 S 0
0 ... 60 psi 9 B 5 S 0
0 ... 100 psi 9 B 7 S 0
0 ... 200 psi 9 C 1 S 0
0 ... 300 psi 9 C 2 S 0
0 ... 500 psi 9 C 3 S 0
0 ... 750 psi 9 D 0 S 0
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 1000 psi 9 D 1 S 0
0 ... 2000 psi 9 D 2 S 0
0 ... 3000 psi 9 D 3 S 0
0 ... 5000 psi 9 E 4 S 0
0 ... 7500 psi 9 E 5 S 0
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA
DIN EN 175301-803-A 2) 1
M12x1 2)
2w: IN=1 / OUT=3 3w: IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 3
7
/16 - 20 UNF K 0 1
Inside thread
½ - 14 NPT (< 750 psi) D 0 1
7
/16 - 20 UNF 2 0 1
¼ - 18 NPT 3 0 1
Pressure connection
Outside thread
1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

0 ... 0.25 MPa 9 G 4 S 0
0 ... 0.4 MPa 9 G 5 S 0
0 ... 0.6 MPa 9 G 7 S 0
0 ... 1 MPa 9 H 0 S 0
0 ... 1.6 MPa 9 H 1 S 0
0 ... 2.5 MPa 9 H 2 S 0
0 ... 4 MPa 9 H 3 S 0
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 6 MPa 9 K 0 S 0
0 ... 10 MPa 9 K 1 S 0
0 ... 16 MPa 9 K 2 S 0
0 ... 25 MPa 9 K 3 S 0
0 ... 40 MPa 9 L 4 S 0
0 ... 60 MPa 9 L 5 S 0
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA
DIN EN 175301-803-A 2) 1
M12x1 2) 2w: IN=1 / OUT=3 3w: IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 3
7
/16 - 20 UNF K 0 1
Inside thread
½ - 14 NPT (< 6 MPa) D 0 1
7
/16 - 20 UNF 2 0 1
¼ - 18 NPT 3 0 1
Pressure connection
Outside thread

2 wire 3 wire
Swift connector brown brown

white
green green
1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 3 (GND)
Connector DIN EN
175301-803-A

1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 3 (GND)
Connector M12x1
1 (IN) 3 (OUT) 1 (IN) 4 (OUT) 3 (GND)
7/16 - 20 UNF inside

1 (IN) 4 (OUT) 1 (IN) 3 (OUT) 4 (GND)
Device design with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA

The grounding connection is conductively connected to
the transmitter housing.
1/2 - 14 NPT inside Connector DIN Connector M12x1

EN 175301-803-A
1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 1 (IN) 3 (OUT) 4 ( )
1)
Relative and absolute

for shipbuilding
Pressure range
0 ... 1 60 bar
The compact type 527 pressure transmitter is based upon the Compact, rugged construction
well proven ceramic technology developed by Huba Control
over 20 years ago.
accuracy
These transmitters are suitable for applications across a broad Certified for shipbuilding with:
spectrum of industries and shipbuilding. - Germanischer Lloyd
- American Bureau of Shipping
- Bureau Veritas
- Det Norske Veritas
- Lloyd`s Register
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative 0 60 bar
FPM -15 ... +125 ÀC ( -15 ... +120 ÀC)
Medium EPDM -40 ... +125 ÀC ( -30 ... +120 ÀC)
Ambient -30 ... +85 ÀC ( -25 ... +85 ÀC)
Storage -50 ... +100 ÀC
< 4 bar 3.0 x fs
Tolerable overload / Rupture pressure
> 4 bar 2.5 x fs
Materials
Plug accommodation Polyarylamid 50% GF UL 94 V-0
Sealing material FPM, EPDM, NBR
Electrical overview
0.02 A
-7V
[Ohm] < 23 mA
4 ... 20 mA 10 ... 30 VDC < 0.02 A [Ohm] < 23 mA
Protection class
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Protection standard
Connector DIN EN 175301-803-A IP 65
Swift connector, Connector M12x1 IP 67
Swift connector with cable 1.5 m (PVC spec.)
Connector M12x1
Pressure connection
7
/16 - 20 UNF
Inside thread
½ - 14 NPT
7
/16 - 20 UNF
¼ -18 NPT
Outside thread
G½ sealed at back and manometer (combi) with Profile seal ring in FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
G½ sealed at front
Unrestricted
Tests / Admissions
Germanischer Lloyd
American Bureau of Shipping
Shipbuilding Bureau Veritas
Det Norske Veritas
Lloyd`s Register
Protection against explosion

Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
Intrinsic safety ÿiŸ (with current output only)
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125ÀC Da/Db
EC type examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0145
Connection to certified intrinsically safe resistive circuits with maximum values Ui = 30 VDC; Ii = 100 mA = Pi = 0.75 W
Effective internal inductance and capacitance for versions with plugs complying with EN 175301-803 or M12x1 Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
Weight
~ 90 g

Accuracy
% fs μ 0.3
Resolution % fs 0.1
1)
-15 ... 85 ÀC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Order code selection in bar 527. X X X X X X X X X X X

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
0 ... 1 bar 1 1
0 ... 1.6 bar 1 2
0 ... 2.5 bar 1 4
0 ... 4 bar 1 5
0 ... 6 bar 1 7
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 10 bar 3 0
0 ... 16 bar 3 1
0 ... 25 bar 9 3 2
0 ... 40 bar 9 3 3
0 ... 60 bar 9 4 0
FPM Fluoro elastomer 0 0
Sealing material EPDM Ethylene propylene 1 0
NBR Butadiene Acylonitrile 2 0
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA
DIN EN 175301-803-A 2) 1
Connector M12x1 2)
7
/16 - 20 UNF K 1 1
Inside thread
½ - 14 NPT D 1 1
7
/16 - 20 UNF 2 1 1
¼ - 18 NPT 3 1 1
Pressure connection
Outside thread
Accessories
Order number
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Order code selection in psi 527. X X X X X X X X X X X

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
0 ... 15 psi B 1
0 ... 20 psi B 2
0 ... 30 psi B 4
0 ... 60 psi B 5
0 ... 100 psi B 7
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 150 psi C 0
0 ... 200 psi C 1
0 ... 300 psi 9 C 2
0 ... 500 psi 9 C 3
0 ... 750 psi 9 D 0
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA
DIN EN 175301-803-A 2) 1
Connector M12x1 2)
7
/16 - 20 UNF K 1 1
Inside thread
½ - 14 NPT D 1 1
7
/16 - 20 UNF 2 1 1
¼ - 18 NPT 3 1 1
Pressure connection
Outside thread
1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Order code selection in MPa 527. X X X X X X X X X X X

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
0 ... 0.1 MPa G 1
0 ... 0.16 MPa G 2
0 ... 0.25 MPa G 4
0 ... 0.4 MPa G 5
0 ... 0.6 MPa G 7
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 1 MPa H 0
0 ... 1.6 MPa H 1
0 ... 2.5 MPa 9 H 2
0 ... 4 MPa 9 H 3
0 ... 6 MPa 9 K 0
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA
DIN EN 175301-803-A 2) 1
Connector M12x1 2)
7
/16 - 20 UNF K 1 1
Inside thread
½ - 14 NPT D 1 1
7
/16 - 20 UNF 2 1 1
¼ - 18 NPT 3 1 1
Pressure connection
Outside thread

2 wire 3 wire
brown brown
Swift connector white
green green
1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 3 (GND)
Connector DIN EN
175301-803-A
1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 3 (GND)
Connector M12x1
1 (IN) 3 (OUT) 1 (IN) 4 (OUT) 3 (GND)
1 (IN) 4 (OUT) 1 (IN) 3 (OUT) 4 (GND)
7/16 - 20 UNF Device design with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA

inside The grounding connection is conductively connected
to the transmitter housing.
Connector DIN Connector M12x1
EN 175301-803-A
1/2 -14 NPT

inside
1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 1 (IN) 3 (OUT) 4 ( )
Mounting bracket
1)

Pressure range
-1 ... 0 60 bar
The compact type 528 pressure transmitter is based upon the Compact, rugged construction
well proven ceramic technology developed by Huba Control
over 20 years ago.
accuracy
These transmitters are suitable for applications across a broad Large selection of connections available
spectrum of industries. Saving time by quick cable mounting by
the customer with swift connector
Technical overview
Pressure range
FPM -15 ... +125 ÀC ( -15 ... +120 ÀC)
EPDM -40 ... +125 ÀC ( -30 ... +120 ÀC)
Medium NBR -20 ... +100 ÀC
Temperature MVQ -40 ... +125 ÀC ( -30 ... +120 ÀC)
FPM -40 ... +125 ÀC ( -30 ... +120 ÀC)
Ambient -30 ... +85 ÀC ( -25 ... +85 ÀC)
Storage -50 ... +100 ÀC
< 4 bar 3.0 x fs
> 4 bar 2.5 x fs
Materials
Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L
Pressure connection
PVDF
Electrical overview
0.02 A
-7V
[Ohm] < 23 mA
4 ... 20 mA 10 ... 30 VDC < 0.02 A [Ohm] < 23 mA
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
1 ... 6 V 8 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
3 wire
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC μ 15% >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
Protection class
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Protection standard
Connector DIN EN 175301-803, Braids IP 65
Connector RAST 2.5 IP 00
Swift connector, Metri Pack, Connector M12x1 IP 67
Swift connector with or without cable 1.5 / 2.0 / 3.0 / 5.0 m (PVC spec.)
Metri Pack Serie 150
Connector M12x1
Braids
Connector RAST 2.5 (3 wire, only)
Pressure connection
7
/16 - 20 UNF
Inside thread ½ -14 NPT
7
/16 - 20 UNF sealed at front or sealing cone
¼ -18 NPT
G ¼, G ½, G ⅛ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with Profile seal ring in FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
G ¼, G ½ sealed at back and manometer (combi) with Profile seal ring in FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
R¼ EN 10226
Outside thread ⅛ - 27 NPT
G⅛ sealed at front or sealed at back and manometer (combi) with Profile seal ring in FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
M10x1 sealed at back DIN 3852-E with Profile seal ring in FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
G ¼, G ½ sealed at front
Unrestricted
Tests / Admissions
Raised noise resistantcy EN 50121-3-2
Shock acc. IEC 68-2-27 100 g, 11 ms half sine wave, all 6 directions, free fall from 1 m on concrete (6x)
UL ANSI/UL 61010-1 acc. E325110
Drinking water approval NSF/ANSI 61/372 acc. MH60087
Protection against explosion ratiom. 10 ... 90% 4 ... 20 mA

Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
Intrinsic safety ÿiŸ
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125ÀC Da/Db Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125ÀC Da/Db
EC type examination certificate SEV 15 ATEX 0173 SEV 10 ATEX 0145
Connection to certified intrinsically safe resistive circuits with maximum values Ui < 15 VDC; Ii < 200 mA; Pi < 750 mW Ui < 30 VDC; Ii < 100 mA; Pi < 750 mW
Effective internal inductance and capacitance for versions with plugs complying with EN 175301-803-A or M12x1 Li = 0 nH; Ci < 150 nF Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
Weight
~ 90 g

Accuracy
Characteristic line 1) % fs μ 0.3
Resolution % fs 0.1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Order code selection in bar 528. X X X X X X X X X X X

-1 ... 0 bar 9 0 1
0 ... 1 bar 9 1 1
0 ... 1.6 bar 9 1 2
0 ... 2.5 bar 9 1 4 0,4
0 ... 4 bar 9 1 5 0,4
Pressure range
0 ... 6 bar 9 1 7 0,4
(relative) 3)
0 ... 10 bar 9 3 0 0,4
0 ... 16 bar 9 3 1 0,4
0 ... 25 bar 9 3 2 0,4 1
0 ... 40 bar 9 3 3 0,4 1
0 ... 60 bar 9 4 0 0,4 1
0 ... 1 bar 8 1 1
0 ... 1.6 bar 8 1 2
0 ... 2.5 bar 8 1 4
Pressure range
0 ... 4 bar 8 1 5
(absolute) 3)
0 ... 6 bar 8 1 7
0 ... 10 bar 8 3 0
0 ... 16 bar 8 3 1
FPM Fluoro elastomer ( -15 ... +120 ÀC) 0
EPDM Ethylene propylene ( -30 ... +120 ÀC) 1
Sealing material NBR Butadiene Acylonitrile 2
MVQ Silicone polymer ( -30 ... +120 ÀC) 3
standard 0
Application for oxygen applications 0 1 1 1
with drinking water approval NSF 61 0 4 1 1
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC 1
1 ... 6 V 8 ... 33 VDC 6
12 ... 33 VDC 2
0 ... 10 V
5 VDC μ10% 7
ratiom. 10 ... 90%
7 ... 33 VDC 3
4 ... 20 mA 7 ... 33 VDC Raised noise resistantcy ((not possible with Braids) A
DIN EN 175301-803-A 1
DIN EN 175301-803-C (industrial standard 9.4 mm ) 2
Connector 4)
RAST 2.5 0,4 7 4
80 μ10 mm 6
290 μ10 mm 7
Braids
480 μ10 mm 8
730 μ10 mm 9
without cable 0
with cable 1.5 m L
with cable 3.0 m Q
with cable 5.0 m R
7
Inside thread ½ -14 NPT D 1
7
¼ -18 NPT 3 1
R ¼ acc. to EN 10226 7 1
Pressure connection 3) 7
Outside thread ⅛ - 27 NPT A 1
G ⅛ sealed at front M 1
G ⅛ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with Profile seal ring in FPM 0,1 H 1
G ¼ sealed at front J 1 2
G ½ sealed at back and manometer with profile seal ring in FPM 0,1 C 1
M10x1 sealed at back with profile seal ring in FPM spec 0,1 F 1
without 1
Pressure orifice
with 2
Material Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L 1
pressure connection PVDF outside thread sealed at front G ¼, G ½ < 16 bar 2
1)
-15 ... 85 ÀC 3)
Other pressure ranges or pressure connections on request
4)
For pressure ranges < 10 bar (relative) only possible if deareation through the cable is assured
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Order code selection in psi 528. X X X X X X X X X X X

-30 ... 0" hg 9 B 0
0 ... 15 psi 9 B 1
0 ... 20 psi 9 B 2
0 ... 30 psi 9 B 4 0,4
0 ... 60 psi 9 B 5 0,4
Pressure range
0 ... 100 psi 9 B 7 0,4
(relative) 1)
0 ... 150 psi 9 C 0 0,4
0 ... 200 psi 9 C 1 0,4
0 ... 300 psi 9 C 2 0,4 1
0 ... 500 psi 9 C 3 0,4 1
0 ... 750 psi 9 D 0 0,4 1
0 ... 15 psi 8 B 1
0 ... 20 psi 8 B 2
0 ... 30 psi 8 B 4
Pressure range
0 ... 60 psi 8 B 5
(absolute) 1)
0 ... 100 psi 8 B 7
0 ... 150 psi 8 C 0
0 ... 200 psi 8 C 1
standard 0
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC 1
1 ... 6 V 8 ... 33 VDC 6
12 ... 33 VDC 2
0 ... 10 V
5 VDC μ10% 7
ratiom. 10 ... 90%
7 ... 33 VDC 3
DIN EN 175301-803-A 1
Connector 2)
RAST 2.5 0,4 7 4
80 μ10 mm 6
290 μ10 mm 7
Braids
480 μ10 mm 8
730 μ10 mm 9
without cable 0
with cable 1.5 m L
with cable 3.0 m Q
with cable 5.0 m R
7
7
¼ -18 NPT 3 1
R ¼ acc. to EN 10226 7 1
M10x1 sealed at back with profile seal ring in FPM 0,1 F 1
without 1
Pressure orifice
with 2
pressure connection PVDF outside thread sealed at front G ¼, G ½ < 200 psi 2
Accessories Order number

Female connector DIN EN 175301-803-C with seal 104244
Corner-wire box for connector M12x1 106975
Corner-wire box for connector M12x1 with cable 2.0 m 114604
Straight-wire box for connector M12x1 114570
Straight-wire box for connector M12x1 with cable 2.0 m 114605
1)
For pressure ranges < 150 psi (relative) only possible if deareation through the cable is assured
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Order code selection in MPa 528. X X X X X X X X X X X

-0.1 ... 0 MPa 9 G 0
0 ... 0.1 MPa 9 G 1
0 ... 0.16 MPa 9 G 2
0 ... 0.25 MPa 9 G 4 0,4
0 ... 0.4 MPa 9 G 5 0,4
Pressure range
0 ... 0.6 MPa 9 G 7 0,4
(relative) 1)
0 ... 1 MPa 9 H 0 0,4
0 ... 1.6 MPa 9 H 1 0,4
0 ... 2.5 MPa 9 H 2 0,4 1
0 ... 4 MPa 9 H 3 0,4 1
0 ... 6 MPa 9 K 0 0,4 1
0 ... 0.1 MPa 8 G 1

0 ... 0.16 MPa 8 G 2
0 ... 0.25 MPa 8 G 4
Pressure range
0 ... 0.4 MPa 8 G 5
(absolute) 1)
0 ... 0.6 MPa 8 G 7
0 ... 1 MPa 8 H 0
0 ... 1.6 MPa 8 H 1
standard 0
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC 1
1 ... 6 V 8 ... 33 VDC 6
12 ... 33 VDC 2
0 ... 10 V
5 VDC μ10% 7
ratiom. 10 ... 90%
7 ... 33 VDC 3
DIN EN 175301-803-A 1
Connector 2)
RAST 2.5 0,4 7 4
80 μ10 mm 6
290 μ10 mm 7
Braids
480 μ10 mm 8
730 μ10 mm 9
without cable 0
with cable 1.5 m L
with cable 3.0 m Q
with cable 5.0 m R
7
7
¼ -18 NPT 3 1
R ¼ acc. to EN 10226 7 1
M10x1 sealed at back with profile seal ring in FPM 0,1 F 1
without 1
Pressure orifice
with 2
pressure connection PVDF outside thread sealed at front G ¼, G ½ < 1.6 MPa 2
1)
For pressure ranges < 1 MPa (relative) only possible if deareation through the cable is assured
Dimensions in mm
Connector DIN EN
175301-803-C
Swift connector
Connector DIN EN
175301-803-A
G ¼ inside
Connector M12x1
Metri Pack
7/16-20 UNF insde
Connector RAST 2.5
Braids
1/2-14 NPT
inside
Mounting bracket
2 wire
Connector DIN Swift connector Connector M12x1 Connector M12x1 Connector M12x1 Metri Pack Serie 150 Braids
EN 175301-803-A or C
brown
red
blue
green
,1 287 ,1 287 ,1 287 ,1 287 ,1 287 % ,1 $ 287
3 wire
Connector DIN Swift connector Connector M12x1 Connector M12x1 Connector M12x1 Metri Pack Serie 150
EN 175301-803-A or C
brown
white
green
,1 287 *1' ,1 287 *1' ,1 287 *1' ,1 287 *1' ,1 287 *1' % ,1 & 287 $ *1'
Braids Connector RAST 2.5
red
black
blue
Device design with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA Device design with explosion protection: ratiom. 10 ... 90%
The grounding connection is conductively connected to the transmitter housing. The electronic GND is connected with a 1MΩ resistor to the transmitter housing.
Connector DIN Connector M12x1

EN 175301-803-A Connector DIN Connector M12x1
EN 175301-803-A
1)
1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 1 (IN) 3 (OUT) 4 ( ) 1 (IN) 2 (OUT) 3 (GND) 1 (IN) 3 (GND) 4 (OUT)
1)
Pressure transmitter type 540

with display and programmable
switching outputs
Pressure range
0 ... 60 600 bar
The øP-regulated, programmable pressure transmitter type Compact, rugged construction

540 has a robust industry design. The parameters are easily
High over pressure
adjustable with two function keys in the configuration menue
which disposes of up to two programmable switching points. Clearly readable display
Sensitive operation keys
All systems are equipped with a diagnostic function. The large
4 digit LED display assures a good accuracy of reading. Diagnostic function
The pressure switch type 540 is based upon the Huba Control with analogue signal available
developed thick film technology where the pressure measuring
cell is fully welded. by up to 2 programmable switching
outputs
Technical overview
Pressure range
Medium / Ambient -20 ... +80 ÀC
Temperature
Overload 3 x fs (max. 1500 bar)
Materials
Case Polyarylamid 50% GF black
Electrical overview
0 ... 10 V
Output 4 ... 20 mA
Open-collector switching output for max. 250 mA, contact NO or contact NC
Power supply 17 ... 33 VDC
0 ... 10 V > 10 kOhm
Load
4 ... 20 mA < 500 Ohm
Current consumption max. 50 mA
Protection class
Displays (rotatable by 180À)

7 Segment LED, 4 digits for the indication of pressure measuring values and parameter values.
Point-LED for state indication of switching points.
Point-LED for indication of programmed measuring unit.
Programmring
All settings can made in unpressurised state or during the operation. Ex works with standard setting.
Analogue output: characteristic line adjustable of 75 ... 125% FS
Digital output: Measuring range
rising pressure 8 ... 100% fs
falling pressure 5 ... 97% fs
P or N-switching, open-close-contact, rise delay time eligible Rise delay time 0 50 s, Switch off delay time 0 50 s, Response time 5 ... 500 ms.
Diagnostic function
Manual operation with keyboard: Test of sensor circuit and of stainless steel cell. Version available with diagnostic function.
Version with diagnostic input (shunt-cal): feed-back with 50% fs signal 12 mA or 5 V.
Protection standard
IP 65 and IP 67 acc. IEC 60529
Connector M12x1
Pressure connection
G¼ with O-Ring sealing FPM spez.
Inside thread 7
/16 - 20 SAE
¼ -18 NPT
¼ -18 NPT
G¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal ring FPM spez.
Outside thread R¼ EN 10226
7
/16 - 20 UNF
Unrestricted (Electrical connection not recommended down)
Tests / Admissions
UL acc. 61010-1
Weight
~ 120 g
Packaging
Accuracy
% fs μ 1.0
1)
typical; (incl. zero point, full scale, linearity, hysteresis and repeatability) 2)
-15 ... 85 ÀC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

bar psi MPa
0 ... 60 0 ... 870 0 ... 6 9 4 0 S
0 ... 100 0 ... 1450 0 ... 10 9 4 1 S
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 160 0 ... 2320 0 ... 16 9 4 2 S
(adjustment in bar)
0 ... 250 0 ... 3625 0 ... 25 9 4 3 S
0 ... 400 0 ... 5800 0 ... 40 9 5 4 S
0 ... 600 0 ... 8700 0 ... 60 9 5 5 S
psi bar MPa

0 ... 750 0 ... 52 0 ... 5.17 9 D 0 S
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 1000 0 ... 69 0 ... 6.90 9 D 1 S
(adjustment in psi) 0 ... 2000 0 ... 138 0 ... 13.79 9 D 2 S
0 ... 3000 0 ... 207 0 ... 20.69 9 D 3 S
0 ... 5000 0 ... 345 0 ... 34.48 9 E 4 S
0 ... 7500 0 ... 517 0 ... 51.72 9 E 5 S
bar factory calibration in bar 0
Pressure indication psi factory calibration in bar 1
MPa factory calibration in bar 3
4 ... 20 mA diagnostic input 0 0
0 ... 10 V diagnostic input 1 0
1 analogue output
4 ... 20 mA 1 digital output 2 1,2
Output 0 ... 10 V 1 digital output 3 1,2
2 digital outputs 4 1,2
4 ... 20 mA 1 analogue output 5 1,2
2 digital outputs
0 ... 10 V 1 analogue output 6 1,2
without digital output 0
Electrical connection 2) M12x1 NPN 1
M12x1 PNP 2
7
/16 -20 SAE A 0 1
Inside thread G ¼ with O-ring sealing FPM spez. 1 0 1
¼ -18 NPT D 0 1
/16 -20 UNF 2 0 1
¼ -18 NPT 3 0 1
Outside thread
G ¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal ring FPM spez. 4 0 1
R ¼ acc. EN 10226 7 0 1
Accessories 3)
Order Number
Heat sink with outside thread G ½ - inside thread G ¼ 105073
Heat sink with outside thread G ¼ - inside thread G ¼ 105074
Straight-wire box for connector M12x1 with cable 5-pole 200 cm 114564
Straight-wire box for connector M12x1 with cable (with UL-admission) 5-pole 200 cm 118099
Calibration certificate (available for analogue output, only) 104551
1)
Other pressure on request 2)
PNP NPN
lout + Vout +
2 1 2 1
3 4 3 4
- Test - Test
G 1/4 inside
Out2 2 1 + 2 +
1
4 Out1 Out2
3 4 Out1
- - 3
Out2 2 1 + 1 +
2
4 Out1 Out2
3 3 4 Out1
- 5 lout - 5 lout
Vout + Vout +
2 1 2 1
4 Out1
3 3 4
- - Out1
lout + lout +
2 1 2 1
4 Out1
3 3 4
- - Out1
7/16 - 20 SAE
1/4 - 18 NPT Inside thread
Inside thread
Out2 2 1 + 1 +
2
4 Out1 Out2
3 3 4 Out1
- 5 Vout - 5 Vout
Pin Colour
1 brown
2 white
3 blue
4 black
5 grey
Mounting bracket Heat sink
*
*
Pressure transmitter type 548

with display and programmable
switching outputs
Pressure range
-1 ... 0 40 bar
The øP-regulated, programmable pressure transmitter type Compact, rugged construction

548 has a robust industry design. The parameters are easily
High over pressure
adjustable with two function keys in the configuration menue
which disposes of up to two programmable switching points. Clearly readable display
Sensitive operation keys
All systems are equipped with a diagnostic function. The large
4 digit LED display assures a good accuracy of reading. Diagnostic function
The pressure switch type 548 is based upon the well proven ce- with analogue signal available
ramic technology developed by Huba Control over 20 years ago.
by up to 2 programmable switching
outputs
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative -1 ... 0 bar / 0 ... 40 bar
Temperature
< 10 bar 4.0 x FS
Overload / Rupture pressure
> 10 bar 3.5 x FS
Materials
Case Polyarylamid 50% GF black
Sensor ceramic Al2O3 (96%)
Materials in contact with medium Pressure connection Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L
Sealing material FPM
Electrical overview
0 ... 10 V
Output 4 ... 20 mA
Switching output for max. 250 mA, contact NO or contact NC
0 ... 10 V > 10 kOhm
Load
4 ... 20 mA < 500 Ohm
Current consumption max. 50 mA
Protection class
Displays (rotatable by 180À)

7 Segment LED, 4 digits for the indication of pressure measuring values and parameter values.
Point-LED for state indication of switching points.
Point-LED for indication of programmed measuring unit.
Programmring
All settings can made in unpressurised state or during the operation. Ex works with standard setting.
Analogue output: characteristic line adjustable of 75 ... 125% FS
Digital output: Measuring range
rising pressure 8 ... 100% fs
falling pressure 5 ... 97% fs
P or N-switching, open-close-contact, rise delay time eligible Rise delay time 0 50 s, Switch off delay time 0 50 s, Response time 5 ... 500 ms.
Diagnostic function
Manual operation with keyboard: Test of sensor circuit and of ceramic cell. Version available with diagnostic function.
Version with diagnostic input (shunt-cal): feed-back with 50% fs signal 12 mA or 5 V.
Protection standard
IP 65 and IP 67 acc. IEC 60529
Connector M12x1
Pressure connection
G¼ with O-Ring sealing FPM spec.
Inside thread 7
/16 - 20 SAE
¼ -18 NPT
¼ -18 NPT
G¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal ring FPM spec.
7
/16 - 20 UNF
Unrestricted (Electrical connection not recommended down)
Tests / Admissions
UL acc. 61010-1
Weight
~ 120 g
Packaging
Accuracy
% fs μ 1.0
1)
typical; (incl. zero point, full scale, linearity, hysteresis and repeatability) 2)
-15 ... 85 ÀC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

bar psi kPa MPa
-1 ... 0 -14.5 ... 0.00 -100 ... 0 -0.1 ... 0.00 9 0 1 0
0 ... 1 0 ... 14.50 0 ... 100 0 ... 0.10 9 1 1 0
0 ... 2.5 0 ... 36.25 0 ... 250 0 ... 0.25 9 1 4 0
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 6 0 ... 87.00 0 ... 600 0 ... 0.60 9 1 7 0
(adjustment in bar)
0 ... 10 0 ... 145.00 0 ... 1000 0 ... 1.00 9 3 0 0
0 ... 16 0 ... 232.00 0 ... 1600 0 ... 1.60 9 3 1 0
0 ... 25 0 ... 362.50 0 ... 2500 0 ... 2.50 9 3 2 0
0 ... 40 0 ... 580.00 0 ... 4000 0 ... 4.00 9 3 3 0
psi bar kPa MPa

-14.5 ... 0 -1 ... 0.00 -100 ... 0 -0.1 ... 0.00 9 A 1 0
0 ... 15 0 ... 1.03 0 ... 103 0 ... 0.10 9 B 1 0
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 30 0 ... 2.07 0 ... 207 0 ... 0.21 9 B 4 0
0 ... 100 0 ... 6.90 0 ... 690 0 ... 0.69 9 B 7 0
(adjustment in psi)
0 ... 145 0 ... 10.00 0 ... 1000 0 ... 1.00 9 C 0 0
0 ... 200 0 ... 13.79 0 ... 1379 0 ... 1.38 9 C 1 0
0 ... 300 0 ... 20.69 0 ... 2069 0 ... 2.07 9 C 2 0
0 ... 500 0 ... 34.48 0 ... 3448 0 ... 3.45 9 C 3 0
bar factory calibration in bar 0
psi factory calibration in bar 1
Pressure indication
kPa factory calibration in bar 2
MPa factory calibration in bar 3
4 ... 20 mA diagnostic input 0 0
0 ... 10 V diagnostic input 1 0
1 analogue output
4 ... 20 mA 1 digital output 2 1,2
Output 0 ... 10 V 1 digital output 3 1,2
2 digital outputs 4 1,2
4 ... 20 mA 1 analogue output 5 1,2
2 digital outputs
0 ... 10 V 1 analogue output 6 1,2
M12x1 without digital output 0
Electrical connection 2) M12x1 NPN 1
M12x1 PNP 2
7
/16 -20 SAE A 0 1
Inside thread G ¼ with O-ring sealing FPM spez. 1 0 1
¼ -18 NPT D 0 1
/16 -20 UNF 2 0 1
¼ -18 NPT 3 0 1
Outside thread
G ¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal ring FPM spez. 4 0 1
R ¼ acc. EN 10226 7 0 1
Accessories 3)
Order Number
Heat sink with outside thread G ½ - inside thread G ¼ 105073
Heat sink with outside thread G ¼ - inside thread G ¼ 105074
Straight-wire box for connector M12x1 with cable (with UL-admission) 5-pole 200 cm 118099
Calibration certificate (available for analogue output, only) 104551
1)
Other pressure on request 2)
PNP NPN
lout + Vout +
2 1 2 1
3 4 3 4
- Test - Test
G 1/4 inside
Out2 2 1 + 2 +
1
4 Out1 Out2
3 4 Out1
- - 3
Out2 2 1 + 1 +
2
4 Out1 Out2
3 3 4 Out1
- 5 lout - 5 lout
Vout + Vout +
2 1 2 1
4 Out1
3 3 4
- - Out1
lout + lout +
2 1 2 1
4 Out1
3 3 4
- - Out1
7/16 - 20 SAE
1/4 - 18 NPT Inside thread
Inside thread
Out2 2 1 + 1 +
2
4 Out1 Out2
3 3 4 Out1
- 5 Vout - 5 Vout
Pin Colour
1 brown
2 white
3 blue
4 black
5 grey
Mounting bracket Heat sink
*
*

type 550 for mobile hydraulic
Pressure range
0 ... 100 600 bar
The pressure transmitter type 550 meets the highest require- Compact and rugged construction for
ments for mobile hydraulic applications. This sensor is available high operating reliability
with protection standard IP67 or IP69K. The standard pressure
Welded construction
orifice prevents damage due to pressure peaks.
no elastomer seals
The compact and rugged design meets the requirement of Excellent EMC capacity
shock- and vibration stability according Kfz-norm ISO 16750. Negligible temperature influence on
The pressure transmitter type 550 guarantees highest EMC accuracy
stability according to various Kfz regulations with test level up
to 100V/m.
The measuring cell is based upon the Huba Control developed

thick film technology on stainless steel and is fully hermetically
welded .
Technical Overview
Pressure range
Medium -40 ... +125 ÀC
Storage -50 ... +100 ÀC
< 400 bar 3 x fs
Tolerable overload
600 bar 2.5 x fs
< 400 bar 6 x fs
Rupture pressure
600 bar 4 x fs
Materials
Case Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316 L
Pressure connection Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316 L
Elektrical overview
2 wire 4 ... 20 mA 7.5 ... 33 VDC < supply 0.02
voltage - 7,5 V
A [Ohm] < 23 mA
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
Protection class
Dynamic response
Response time < 2 ms (10 ... 90%, typ. 1 ms)
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Elektrical connection Protection standard

Kostal SLK 2.8 coding A IP 69K
AMP-JPT IP 67
AMP Superseal 1.5 IP 67
Deutsch DT04-3P IP 67
Metri Pack 150 P2S Series IP 67
M12x1 IP 67
Pressure connection
/16 - 20 UNF
7
¼ -18 NPT
Outside thread G¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
R ¼ acc. EN 10226
Unrestricted
Tests / Admissions
Shock acc. ISO 16750-3 50 g, 11 ms, half sine wave, 1000x / axis
cULus acc. 61010-1
Weight
~ 90 g

Accuracy
Parameter Unit
Characteristic line acc. IEC 61298-2 4),5) % fs μ 0.5 Test conditions: 25 ÀC, 45% rF
Resolution % fs 0.1
1)
Puls 1, 2a, 2b, 3a, 3b 3)
Pressure sensor for 12 V and 24 V power system (0 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V and 4 ... 20 mA)
4)
-15 ... 85 ÀC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

0 ... 100 bar 9 4 1 S 0
0 ... 160 bar 9 4 2 S 0
0 ... 250 bar 9 4 3 S 0
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 400 bar 9 5 4 S 0
0 ... 600 bar 9 5 5 S 0
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC 1
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA 7.5 ... 33 VDC 3
10 ... 90% ratiom. 5 VDC μ10% 7
Kostal SLK 2.8 coding A 7 1
AMP-JPT 2
AMP Superseal 1.5 3
Electrical connection 2) Deutsch DT04-3P 4
Metri Pack 150 P2S Series 5
2w: IN=1 / OUT=3 3w: IN=1 / OUT=4 / GND=3 S
M12x1
2w: IN=1 / OUT=4 3w: IN=1 / OUT=3 / GND=4 M
7
/16 -20 UNF 2 2 1
¼ -18 NPT 3 2 1
R ¼ acc. EN 10226 7 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

0 ... 1000 psi 9 D 1 S 0
0 ... 2000 psi 9 D 2 S 0
0 ... 3000 psi 9 D 3 S 0
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 5000 psi 9 E 4 S 0
0 ... 7500 psi 9 E 5 S 0
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC 1
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA 7.5 ... 33 VDC 3
10 ... 90% ratiom. 5 VDC μ10% 7
AMP-JPT 2
AMP Superseal 1.5 3
M12x1
7
/16 -20 UNF 2 2 1
¼ -18 NPT 3 2 1
R ¼ acc. EN 10226 7 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

0 ... 10 MPa 9 K 1 S 0
0 ... 16 MPa 9 K 2 S 0
0 ... 25 MPa 9 K 3 S 0
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 40 MPa 9 L 4 S 0
0 ... 60 MPa 9 L 5 S 0
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC 1
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA 7.5 ... 33 VDC 3
10 ... 90% ratiom. 5 VDC μ10% 7
Kostal SLK 2,8 coding A 7 1
AMP-JPT 2
AMP Superseal 1.5 3
Electrical connection 2)
Deutsch DT04-3P 4
M12x1
7
/16 -20 UNF 2 2 1
¼ -18 NPT 3 2 1
R ¼ acc. EN 10226 7 2 1
Accessories Accessories supplied loose
Order Number
Set - Female connector AMP JPT 2 wire (3 wire with 1 dummy plug) 110442
Set - Female connector AMP JPT 3 wire 108767
1)
Other pressure ranges and pressure connections on request 2)

2 wire 3 wire
- +
GND IN
1 2 3
OUT
3 (IN) 1 (OUT) 2 (GND)
OUT IN GND OUT IN

- + - +
1 2 3 1 2 3
3 (IN) 2 (OUT) 3 (IN) 2 (OUT) 1 (GND)
OUT IN GND OUT IN

- + - +
1 2 3 1 2 3
3 (IN) 1 (OUT) 3 (IN) 2 (OUT) 1 (GND)
OUT
IN OUT IN GND
+ A B
- + A B
-
A (IN) B (OUT) A (IN) C (OUT) B (GND)
-
GND
OUT A B
IN A B IN
- C + C +
OUT
B (IN) A (OUT) B (IN) C (OUT) A (GND)
IN IN
OUT
GND
OUT
1 (IN) 3 (OUT) 1 (IN) 4 (OUT) 3 (GND)
IN OUT IN
GND
OUT
1 (IN) 4 (OUT) 1 (IN) 3 (OUT) 4 (GND)
Relative and absolute pressure

transmitter type 558 for
mobile application
Pressure range
0 ... 6 60 bar
The pressure transmitter type 558 meets the highest require- Compact and rugged construction for
ments for the industry and vehicle manufacturing. This sensor is high operating reliability
available with protection standard IP67 or IP69K.
Wide choice of connections available
The optional pressure orifice prevents damage due to pressure
peaks. Excellent EMC capacity
The compact and rugged design meets the requirement of accuracy
shock- and vibration stability according Kfz-norm ISO 16750. The
pressure transmitter type 558 guarantees highest EMC stability
according to various Kfz regulations with test level up to 100V/m.
This sensor utilises a ceramic technology, developed by Huba

Control and for the last 20 years, in millions of applications.
Technical Overview
Pressure range
FPM -40 ... +125 ÀC
Medium EPDM -40 ... +125 ÀC
Ambient -40 ... +100 ÀC
Storage -50 ... +100 ÀC
Zulässige Überlast / Berstdruck 2.5 x FS
Materials
Materials in contact with the medium Sensor Ceramic Al2O3 (96%)
Sealing material EPDM, NBR, FPM
Elektrical overview
voltage - 7,5 V
A [Ohm] < 23 mA
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 7 mA
Protection class
Dynamic response
Response time < 2 ms (10 ... 90%, typ. 1 ms)
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Elektrical connection Protection standard

Kostal SLK 2.8 Codierung A IP 69K
AMP-JPT IP 67
AMP Superseal 1.5 IP 67
Deutsch DT04-3P IP 67
Metri Pack 150 P2S Series IP 67
M12x1 IP 67
Pressure connection
/16 - 20 UNF
7
¼ -18 NPT
Outside thread G¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
R ¼ acc. EN 10226
Unrestricted
Tests / Admissions
Shock acc. ISO 16750-3 50 g, 11 ms, half sine wave, 1000x / axis
cULus acc. 61010-1
Weight
~ 90 g

Accuracy
Parameter Unit Test conditions: 25 ÀC, 45% rF
Characteristic line acc. IEC 61298-2 4),5)
% fs μ 0.5
Resolution % fs 0.1
1)
Puls 1, 2a, 2b, 3a, 3b 3)
Pressure sensor for 12 V and 24 V power system (0 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V and 4 ... 20 mA)
4)
-15 ... 85 ÀC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
0 ... 6 bar 8 1 7
0 ... 10 bar 9 3 0
0 ... 16 bar 9 3 1
0 ... 25 bar 9 3 2
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 40 bar 9 3 3
0 ... 60 bar 9 4 0
EPDM Ethylene propylene 1 0
Sealing material NBR Butadiene Acylonitrile 2 0
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC 1
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC 2
Output / Power supply
4 ... 20 mA 7.5 ... 33 VDC 3
10 ... 90% ratiom. 5 VDC μ10% 7
AMP-JPT 2
AMP Superseal 1.5 3
Metri Pack 150 P2S Series 3) 5
M12x1
7
/16 -20 UNF 2
¼ -18 NPT 3
Pressure connection 1) Outside thread G ¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal FPM 4
M14x1.5 sealed at back DIN 3852-E with profile seal FPM 6
R ¼ acc. EN 10226 7
without 0 1
Pressure orifice
with 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
0 ... 100 psi 8 B 7
0 ... 150 psi 9 C 0
0 ... 200 psi 9 C 1
0 ... 300 psi 9 C 2
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 500 psi 9 C 3
0 ... 750 psi 9 D 0
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC 1
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA 7.5 ... 33 VDC 3
10 ... 90% ratiom. 5 VDC μ10% 7
AMP-JPT 2
AMP Superseal 1.5 3
M12x1
7
/16 -20 UNF 2
¼ -18 NPT 3
R ¼ acc. EN 10226 7
without 0 1
Pressure orifice
with 2 1
Order Number
Set - Female connector AMP JPT 2 wire (3 wire with 1 dummy plug) 110442
Set - Female connector AMP JPT 3 wire 108767
1)
For pressure ranges < 16 bar (200psi, 1.6 MPa / relative) only possible if deareation through the cable is assured
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute 8
0 ... 0.6 MPa 8 G 7
0 ... 1 MPa 9 H 0
0 ... 1.6 MPa 9 H 1
0 ... 2.5 MPa 9 H 2
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 4 MPa 9 H 3
0 ... 6 MPa 9 K 0
0 ... 5 V 7 ... 33 VDC 1
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA 7.5 ... 33 VDC 3
10 ... 90% ratiom. 5 VDC μ10% 7
AMP-JPT 2
AMP Superseal 1.5 3
M12x1
7
/16 -20 UNF 2
¼ -18 NPT 3
R ¼ acc. EN 10226 7
without 0 1
Pressure orifice
with 2 1

2 wire 3 wire
- +
GND IN
1 2 3
OUT
3 (IN) 1 (OUT) 2 (GND)
OUT IN GND OUT IN

- + - +
1 2 3 1 2 3
3 (IN) 2 (OUT) 3 (IN) 2 (OUT) 1 (GND)
OUT IN GND OUT IN

- + - +
1 2 3 1 2 3
3 (IN) 1 (OUT) 3 (IN) 2 (OUT) 1 (GND)
OUT
IN OUT IN GND
+ A B
- + A B
-
A (IN) B (OUT) A (IN) C (OUT) B (GND)
-
GND
OUT A B
IN A B IN
- C + C +
OUT
B (IN) A (OUT) B (IN) C (OUT) A (GND)
IN IN
OUT
GND
OUT
1 (IN) 3 (OUT) 1 (IN) 4 (OUT) 3 (GND)
IN OUT IN
GND
OUT
1 (IN) 4 (OUT) 1 (IN) 3 (OUT) 4 (GND)
1)
For pressure ranges < 16 bar (200psi, 1.6 MPa / relative) only possible if deareation through the cable is assured
Relative and absolute pressure

Pressure range
0 ... 0.1 1000 bar
The pressure transmitters of type 680 with piezoresistive Effective overload protection due to
measuring elements have compensated, calibrated and amp- chemically eteched chip diaphragm and
lified sensor signals which are available as standard voltage or specially designed glass gland
current outputs.
Fast and affordable customer specific
The transmitter housing is available with various pressure and
solutions due to building block system,
electrical connections.
even for small quantities
Manufactured from stainless steel, its welded construction
provides a watertight seal. With its sophisticated building block Compact construction with SMD tech-
system, individual designs to meet specific nology enhances operational reliability in
applications are possible. the presence of shock and vibration
Welded construction provides 100%
sealing against media
Technical overview
Pressure type 1)
Relative and absolute 0 ... 25 bar
Overpressure > 25 ... 1000 bar
Overload
At Pressure ranges 0.1 ... 2 bar 3x pressure range, min. 3 bar
At Pressure ranges > 2 ... 600 bar 3x pressure range, max. 850 bar
At Pressure ranges > 600 ... 1000 bar 1500 bar
Rupture pressure
At Pressure ranges 0.1 ... 2 bar > 200 bar
At Pressure ranges > 2 ... 600 bar > 850 bar
At Pressure ranges > 600 ... 1000 bar > 1500 bar
Medium
Permissible medium liquids and gases
Material
Pressure connection, diaphragm, case stainless steel 1.4435 (316L) (Titanium or Hastelloy C on request)
Sealing material FPM (other on request)
Temperature 2)
Medium temperature -40 ... +150 ÀC
Ambient temperature -40 ... +125 ÀC
Storage temperature -40 ... +125 ÀC
Output and power supply 3) 4) output power supply permissible load 5)

0 ... 5 V 12 ... 30 VDC > 10 kOhm
3-wire 0 ... 10 V 12 ... 30 VDC > 10 kOhm
supply voltage - 9V
2-wire 4 ... 20 mA 9 ... 33 VDC 0.02 A [Ohm] max.
supply voltage - 9V
2-wire (Ex) 4 ... 20 mA 9 ... 28 VDC 0.02 A [Ohm] max.
Ex-Version gas dust

Ex-Admission (Depending on execution, see valid ATEX certificate) II 1G Ex ia IIB/IIC T3 ... T6 II 1D Ex iaD 20 IP6x T145 ... T70 ÀC
Standards EN 60079-0 / EN 60079-11 EN 61241-0 / EN 61241-11
Temperature class Ex-Version T6 T4 T3

Ambient temperature Ta -40 ... +50 ÀC -40 ... +85 ÀC -40 ... +125 ÀC
Medium temperature -40 ... +50 ÀC -40 ... +110 ÀC -40 ... +150 ÀC
Cable PUR, PE or Teflon in variable lengths 6)
Connector 7) DIN EN 175301-803-A / Lumberg RSF 4 / RSF 50 / Binder 723
Pressure connection
Inside thread G ¼ 1)
Outside thread G ¼, G ½ 1)
Tests / Admissions norm character level

EN 60068-2-6 vibration 10 g (4 ... 2000 Hz, oscillation μ 10 mmpp)
Mechanical load EN 60068-2-27 shock 100 g (pulse duration 6 ms)
Interference emit EN 55022 emitted interference, class B < 30 dBøV/m (0.03 ... 1 GHz)
EN 61000-4-2 discharge static electricity 8 kV contact-, 15 kV air discharge
EN 61000-4-3 electromagnetic radiation 10 V/m, 0.08 ... 2.7 GHz, 80% AM 1 kHz, 3s
EN 61000-4-4 fast transients (burst) 4 kV
Interference resistance
Line-Line 0.5 kV/42 Ohm,
EN 61000-4-5 impulse voltage (surge)
Line-Earth 1 kV/42 Ohm
EN 61000-4-6 grid-bound electromagnetic blockage 10 V, 0.15 ... 80 MHz, 80% AM 1 kHz, 3s
Packaging
Single packaging carton padded cellular material
Weight
Cable version (2 m) ~ 250 g
Connector version ~ 150 g
Accuracy
total error band (*) [μ%fs] per pressure ranges [bar]

0.1 ... 0.5 > 0.5 ... 2 > 2 ... 100 > 100 ... 600 > 600 ... 1000
Characteristic line deviation [μ%FS] 0.25 or 0.1
(typ./ max.) 0 ... +70 ÀC 1.0 / 1.5 0.7 / 1.0 0.7 / 1.0 0.7 / 1.0 0.7 / 1.0
(typ./ max.) -25 ... +100 ÀC 2.0 / 2.5 1.0 / 1.5 1.0 / 1.5 1.0 / 1.5 1.0 / 1.5
Characteristic line deviation [μ%FS] 0.05
(typ. / max.) 0 ... +70 ÀC 0.3 / 0.5 0.3 / 0.5
(typ. / max.) -25 ... +100 ÀC 0.75 / 1.0 0.75 / 1.0
(*)
total error band incl. characteristic line deviation, temperature error zero point and operating range, hysteresis and repeatability at max. signal range.
1)
See order code selection table. Other on request 2)
Compensated temperature range see order code selection table 3)
Short circuit proof with polarity reversal protection
4)
Influence from the supply voltage types < 0.05% fs 5)
Influence permissible load < 0.05% fs 6)
Standard length 2 m
7)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Relative 8
Pressure type Absolute 7
Overpressure 6
0 ... 100 mbar 0 0
0 ... 160 mbar 0 1
0 ... 250 mbar 0 2
0 ... 400 mbar 0 3
0 ... 600 mbar 0 4
0 ... 1 bar 0 5
0 ... 1.6 bar 0 6
0 ... 2.5 bar 0 7
0 ... 4 bar 0 8
0 ... 6 bar 0 9
0 ... 16 bar 1 1
0 ... 25 bar 1 2
0 ... 40 bar 6 1 3
0 ... 60 bar 6 1 4
0 ... 100 bar 6 1 5
0 ... 160 bar 6 1 6
0 ... 250 bar 6 1 7
0 ... 400 bar 6 1 8
0 ... 600 bar 6 1 9
0 ... 1000 bar 6 2 0
0 ... 5 V 12 ... 30 VDC 0
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 30 VDC 1
4 ... 20 mA 9 ... 33 VDC 3
4 ... 20 mA 9 ... 28 VDC intrinsically safe version 2) 3) 4
< μ 0.25% fs 1
Characteristic line deviation < μ 0.10% fs (< 600 bar fs) 2
< μ 0.05% fs (> 0.5 bar ... < 100 bar fs) 3,4 3 0,1,2,3
0 ... + 70 ÀC compensated, medium temperature permissible: -40 ... +125 ÀC 0
-25 ... + 100 ÀC compensated, medium temperature permissible: -40 ... +125 ÀC 1
Ex T6 (Ta: -40 ... +50 ÀC) 0 ... +70 ÀC compensated
Temperature range
(medium temperature permissible: - 40 ... + 50 ÀC) 4 4
Ex T4 (Ta: -40 ... +85 ÀC) -25 ... +100 ÀC compensated
Ex T3 (Ta: -40 ... +125 ÀC) -25 ... +100 ÀC compensated
Fig. 1 Binder 723 5 pin IP 67 0
Fig. 2 DIN EN 175301-803-A IP 65 1
Connector
Fig. 3 Lumberg 4 pin RSF 4 IP 20 2
Electrical connection Fig. 4 Lumberg 5 pin RSF 50 IP 68 6,7 3
Fig. 5 PUR IP 67 4
Cable 4) Fig. 6 PUR with kink guard IP 67 5
Fig. 5 Teflon IP 67 9
Inside thread Fig. 10 G ¼ 0 0
Fig. 11 G ¼ 0 1
Fig. 12 G ¼ manometer DIN 16288 0 2
Pressure connection Fig. 13 G ½ 0 3
Outside thread
Fig. 14 G ½ diaphragm at front 0 4
Fig. 15 G ½ diaphragm flush with front 0 5
Fig. 16 G ½ manometer DIN 16288 0 6
Version N
1)
II 1G Ex ia IIB/IIC T3...T6 / II 1D Ex iaD 20 IP6x T145...T70ÀC (Depending on execution, see valid ATEX certificate)
3)
Indicate correct medium 4)
Length of cable 2 m (other lengths on request)

Fig. 10 Fig. 1 68
27
G¼
1
32,5
3
2 4
1 5
Fig. 11
12
27
G¼
74.5
32,5
Fig. 2
40
Version
Versionfor
fürmedium temperature up
Mediumstemperatur bis to +125
+125 ÀCÀC
Fig. 12
16 2
3
27
± 24
G¼
1 2
35,5
25
L
Fig. 13 Fig. 3
13,5 69
27
G½
Version
Version for
für medium temperature>>+125
Mediumstemperatur +125ÀC
... ...
max. +150
max. ÀCÀC
+150 3
32,5
3 4
± 24
2 1
Fig. 14 Fig. 4
20,5 52L
60
±18,4
27
G½
1 4
34,5 2
5
3
4
Fig. 15
19,5
Pin / Colour 2-wire 3-wire
1 OUT OUT
±18,4
3 IN IN
27
1
G½
4 GND
Fig. 5
PG9
1 IN IN
33,5
2 2 OUT OUT
3 GND
1 GND
3 3 OUT OUT
4 IN IN 5
Fig. 16 Fig. 6
25 1 OUT OUT
4 3 IN IN
4 GND
27
G ½
white IN IN
43
5 yellow OUT GND 54
brown OUT
OEM Relative and differential

Pressure range
0 ... 3 8 mbar
Type 401 pressure transmitters sense ultra fine changes in air Special development for optimize of
pressure and are designed to provide optimum control. The dual com- combustion mixture in gas boilers
ponent diaphragm with itÊs unique geometry, gives highly sensitive
With the special diaphragm geometry
operation and excellent repeatability, even in the range below 20
inherently stable
Pascal.
Ideal dimensioning for high sensitivity
and with long term stability
Excellent repeatability even in the
lower pressure range (< 20 Pascal)
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative and differential 0 ... 3 8 mbar
Medium Air and neutral gases
Temperature
25 mbar
Tolerable overload on one side
100 mbar short period at room temperature
Leak rate < 5 cm3/h (Air), at nominal pressure

Case Polycarbonate (PC)
Diaphragm LSR (Liquid Silicon Rubber)
Sensor Ceramic Al2O3
Electrical overview
Output 0.5 ... 4.5 V
Power supply 10.4 ... 18 VDC 1)
Load > 15 kOhm (to GND)
Current consumption At nominal pressure without load < 8 mA
Polarity reversal protection Mechanically protected
Electronical compatibility The product is designed exclusively for installation in equipment. The customer is responsible for CE conformity.
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 10 Hz
Protection standard
IP 00
3 pole plug connector RAST 2.5
Pressure connection
Pipe ± 6.2 mm
Diaphragm horizontal (recommend) Presssure connections facing downward
Diaphragm vertical (on request) Pressure connections lateral, signal approx. 13 Pa below actual pressure
Snap mounting in sheet steel (thickness 1 and 2 mm)
Mounting
Mounting bracket type A / type B
Tests / Admissions
DVGW according to DIN EN 1854 CE-0085BM0306
Weight
~ 45 g
Packaging
Cardboard boxes with blister pack inserts (returnable).

Pieces Varaint Length (cm) Width (cm) Height (cm) Weight (kg) Blister (20 pcs)
1440 12 Box on euro-palette 120 80 93 134 72
120 1 Box 59 39 26 9.5 6
Accuracy Signal drift

Parameter Unit
Tolerance zero point 2) max. % fs ± 0.5
Tolerance full scale 2) max. % fs -1.5 /+0.5
Resolution % fs 0.1
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability max. % fs ± 0.3 24 V
Long term stability acc. to DIN EN 60770 % fs ± 1.0
TC zero point 3) typ. % fs/10K ± 0.2
TC zero point 3) max. % fs/10K ± 0.3
TC sensitivity 3) typ. % fs/10K ± 0.1 12 V
seconds
1)
Power supply possible up to 28 VDC (with higher Power up drift see diagram) 2)
For changing diaphragm position from horizontal to vertical, approx. -0.13 mbar. 3)

0 ... 3 mbar 4 0 1 . 9 3 0 0 0
0 ... 5 mbar 4 0 1 . 9 5 0 0 0
Pressure range
0 ... 8 mbar 4 0 1 . 9 8 0 0 0
Accessories 1)
Order number
Bracket type A 100295
Bracket type B 100098
Special screws for fastening transmitter to bracket (2 screws per transmitter required) 102976
Orifice for pulsed pressure 100251
Connector with cable Rast 2.5 30 cm 111668
AMP connector 2) ManufactureÂs Part No. Colour for flexible wire

3-829868-3 grey 7 x 0.20 mm = 0.22 mm2 or
12 x 0.20 mm = 0.35 mm2
1-966194-3 beige 7 x 0.25 mm = 0.35 mm2 Connector with cable
IN = red
OUT = yellow
GND = black

Bracket mounting
Typ A Typ B
Connector
Rast 2.5
Direct mounting onto armature (fittings)

Hole for
PT screws K 25
Hole depth 8 mm
thickness 1 mm
thickness 2 mm
Clip clamp
Other dimensions as per ÿThickness 1 mmŸ
1)
To be ordered separately from original manufacturer. Further information can be found in the manufacturer specification No. 114-18049.49 zu finden.
Relative and differential

Pressure range
0 ... 3 50 mbar
Type 402 pressure transmitters are ideally suited to measuring Attractive price / performance ratio
fine air flow in air conditioning systems, and fine pressures in
Excellent synergy of diaphragm
the environmental / medical technology sectors.
technology and ceramic elements
Individually ranged sensors ensure optimum accuracy and long
term stability of measurement. Location is quick and easy, either Special adapter for top-hat rail
via a mounting plate or directly onto a PCB. mounting
Direct pcb mounting with simple
snap-on system
Technical Overview
Pressure range
Temperature
Tolerable overload 100 mbar
at room temperature 200 mbar
Rupture pressure
at 70 ÀC 150 mbar

Case construction Polycarbonate (PC) / Polyamide (PA)
Diaphragm Silicone
Electrical overview
Output 0.5 ... 4.5 V
Power supply 10.2 ... 33.0 VDC
Current consumption < 8 mA
Polarity reversal protection Connector and pcb version mechanically protected
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 10 Hz
Protection standard
IP 00
Solderable pin in circuit board
3 pole onnector RAST 2.5
Adapter plate Mounted and soldered
Pressure connection
Pipe ± 6.2 mm
Diaphragm vertical Presssure connections facing downward
Diapgragm horizontal Pressure connection P1 upwards
Snap fitting 1)
Mounting Adapter
Mounting bracket
Weight
~ 28 g
Packaging
Single packaging in cardboard boxes
Multiple packaging in cardboard boxes with blister pack inserts (25 pcs)
Accuracy
Parameter Unit 0 .. 3 mbar 0 ... 5 mbar 0 ... 10 mbar 0 ... 30 mbar 0 ... 50 mbar
Tolerance zero point 2) max. % fs ± 0.9 ± 0.9 ± 0.9 ± 0.9 ± 0.9
Tolerance full scale 2) max. % fs ± 1.3 ± 1.3 ± 1.3 ± 0.7 ± 0.7
Resolution % fs 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability max. % fs ± 1.0 ± 1.0 ± 0.6 ± 0.6 ± 0.6
Long term stability acc. to DIN EN 60770 % fs ± 1.0 ± 1.0 ± 1.0 ± 1.0 ± 1.0
TC zero point 3) typ. % fs/10K ± 0.2 ± 0.2 ± 0.2 ± 0.2 ± 0.2
TC zero point 3) max. % fs/10K ± 0.4 ± 0.4 ± 0.4 ± 0.4 ± 0.4
TC sensitivity 3) typ. % fs/10K + 0.3 + 0.3 + 0.2 ± 0.2 ± 0.2
TC sensitivity 3) max. % fs/10K ± 0.6 + 0.5 + 0.4 ± 0.4 ± 0.4

TC z.p. / TC s. 0 ... +70 ÀC
1)
max. 1.6 mm thickness 2)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 ... 3 mbar 9 1
0 ... 5 mbar 9 2
0 ... 10 mbar 9 3
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 30 mbar 9 4
0 ... 50 mbar 9 5
Diaphragm vertical 0
Adjusting position 2)
Diaphragm horizontal 1
Diaphragm Silicone 0
Output / power supply 0.5 ... 4.5 V 10.2 ... 33 VDC 0
Print version 1
Electrical connection Connector version Rast 2.5 2
Print version, mounted and soldered on adapter plate 3
Pressure connection Pipe ± 6.2 mm 1
Accessories 3)
Order number
Fixing screw for wall thickness 1 2 mm Length of screw 6 mm (min. required 2 pcs) 102976
Fixing screw for wall thickness 4.1 6 mm Length of screw 10 mm (min. required 2 pcs) 112213
Connector Rast 2.5 with cable (110 cm) 101817
Base plate for rail mounting suitable for bearing rail TS 35 110656
Bracket 108222
AMP connector 4) ManufacturerÊs Part No. Colour for flexible wire

3-829868-3 grey 7 x 0.20 mm = 0.22 mm2 or
12 x 0.20 mm = 0.35 mm2 Connector with cable
1-966194-3 beige 7 x 0.25 mm = 0.35 mm2
IN = red
OUT = yellow
GND = black
Mounting Bracket Base plate for rail mounting suitable for

bearing rail TS 35
1)
For changing diaphragm position from horizontal to vertical, approx. -0.13 mbar.
3)
To be ordered separately from original manufacturer. Further information can be found in the manufacturer specification No. 114-18049.
Connector version
Lochbild
Befestigungslöcher für
Fixing holes for PT fillister
PT-Linsenschrauben 2.5
head srew 2.5
Lochbild
Print version
Print
Fixing holes for PT fillister

head srew 2.5
+
IN
OUT V
GND

Pressure range
0 ... 3 8 mbar
Type 403 pressure transmitters sense ultra-fine changes in gas Special development for optimize of
pressure for use in air / gas ratio control systems. All materials combustion mixture in gas boilers
used are compatible with flammable gas.
With the special diaphragm geometry inherently
When used in combination with our type 401 pressure trans-
stable due to homogeneous manufacture
mitter, the optimum air / gas ratio can be achieved.
Ideal dimensioning for high sensitivity
and with long term stability
Excellent repeatability even in the
lower pressure range (< 20 Pascal)
Technical overview
Pressure range
Medium Air, neutral and burnable gases
Temperature
25 mbar
100 mbar short period at room temperature
Leak rate < 5 cm3/h (Air), at measuring range

Case Polycarbonate (PC)
Diaphragm NBR (NBR admission for burnable gas)
Electrical overview
Output 0.5 ... 4.5 V
Power supply 10.4 ... 18 VDC 1)
Current consumption At nominal voltage without load < 8 mA
Polarity reversal protection Mechanically protected
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 10 Hz
Protection standard
IP 00
3 pole connector RAST 2.5
Pressure connection
Pipe ± 6.2 mm
Diaphragm horizontal (Recommend) Presssure connections facing downward
Diaphragm vertical (on request) Pressure connections lateral, signal approx. 13 Pa below actual pressure
Snap mounting in sheet steel (thickness 1 and 2 mm)
Mounting
Mounting bracket type A / type B
Tests / Admissions
Before initial operation resp. gas supply make sure that in case of breach of the
CE-0085BP0459 acc. EG gas equipment directive (2009/142/EG)
pressure transmitters case at 1.5 fold max. admissible incoming pressure not
acc. norm DIN EN 1854 certificated by DVGW
more thank 70 dm3/h will be able to leak!
Weight
~ 45 g
Packaging
Cardboard boxes with blister pack inserts (returnable).

Pieces Varaint Length (cm) Width (cm) Height (cm) Weight (kg) Blister (20 pcs)
1440 12 Box on euro-palette 120 80 93 134 72
120 1 Box 59 39 26 9.5 6
Accuracy Signal drift

Parameter Unit
Tolerance zero point 2) max. % fs ± 0.5
Tolerance full scale 2) max. % fs -1.5 /+0.5
Resolution % fs 0.1
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability max. % fs ± 0.3 24 V
TC zero point 3) typ. % fs/10K ± 0.2
TC sensitivity 3) typ. % fs/10K ± 0.1 12 V
seconds
1)
Power supply possible up to 28 VDC (with higher Power up drift see diagram) 2)

0 ... 3 mbar 4 0 3 . 9 3 0 0 0
0 ... 5 mbar 4 0 3 . 9 5 0 0 0
Pressure range
0 ... 8 mbar 4 0 3 . 9 8 0 0 0
Accessories 1)
Order number
Special screws for fastening transmitter to bracket (2 screws per transmitter required) 102976
Orifice for pulsed pressure 100251
Connector with cable RAST 2.5 30 cm 111668
AMP connector 2) ManufactureÂs Part No. Colour for flexible wire

3-829868-3 grey 7 x 0.20 mm = 0.22 mm2 or
12 x 0.20 mm = 0.35 mm2
1-966194-3 beige 7 x 0.25 mm = 0.35 mm2
Connector with cable
IN = red
OUT = yellow
GND = black

Bracket mounting
Typ A Typ B
Connector
RAST 2.5
Direct mounting onto armature (fittings)

Hole for
PT screws K 25
Hole depth 8 mm
thickness 1 mm
thickness 2 mm
Clip clamp
Other dimensions as per ÿThickness 1 mmŸ
1)
To be ordered separately from original manufacturer. Further information can be found in the manufacturer specification No. 114-18049.49

Pressure range
0 ... 50 1000 mbar
Type 652 pressure transmitters are ideally suited to the con- High overpressure safety margin 10/20
tinuous monitoring of liquid or level, (especially in heating bar on P1
technology).
3 standardised output signals for direct
Their especially rugged construction allows a single port over-
Processing in control / monitoring systems
pressure of up to 20 bar, depending upon pressure range.
Functionally simple, rugged mechanics
with high operating reliability
Attractive price / performance ratio
Also for slightly aggressive liquids and
gases
Technical overview
Pressure range
NBR-based 0 ... +80 ÀC
FPM -10 ... +80 ÀC
EPDM -10 ... +80 ÀC
Temperature
Q (Silicone) -40 ... +80 ÀC
< 200 mbar 10 bar
Tolerable overload (P1 > P2)
> 500 mbar 20 bar
Rupture pressure 30 bar

NBR-based
EPDM
Diaphragm FPM
Silicon
Anodized aluminium
Case Brass
Brass chemical nickel-plated
X14CrMoS17 1.4104
X5CrNi18-10 1.4301
X10CrNi18-8 1.4310
Other components
X2CrNiMoN 1.4462
Steel category A2 for screws
Polyacetate-C, Polyamide
Electrical overview
0 ... 10 V
Output (3 wire) 0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
Power supply 20 ... 30 VDC / 24 VAC +15% / -10%
Current load < 300 Ohm
Load
Voltage load > 10 kOhm
0 ... 10 V 35 mA
Current consumption 0 ... 20 mA max. 55 mA
4 ... 20 mA max. 55 mA
Polarity reversal protection Short circuit proof and with polarity reversal protection
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 10 Hz
Protection standard
With plastic cover (PG9) IP 65
Screw terminals
Pressure connection (P1 > P2)

Inside thread G⅛
Straight screwed connection Zinc plated steel with NBR seal for pipe (± 6 mm) G⅛
Screwed Socket CuZn nickel plated for tube(± 6 mm) G⅛
Unrestricted. Recommendation:The transmitter is calibrated in the factory with the diaphragm positoned vertically. In the case of liquid media vent screw up, i.e. pressure connection down
Tests / Admissions
Weight
With aluminium pressure case ~ 394 g
With brass pressure case ~ 1030 g
Packaging
Legend to cross-section drawing
1 Pressure case
2 Diaphragm
3 Permanent magnet
4 Electronics
5 Cover
6 PG9 Union
7 Vent
P1 Higher pressure / lower vacuum
P2 Lower pressure / higher vacuum
Accuracy
Tolerance zero point max. % fs ± 1.0

Tolerance full scale max. % fs ± 1.0
Resolution % fs 0.2
Total of linearity,
Hysteresis and repeatability max. % fs ± 1.5
TC zero point 1) max. % fs/10 K ± 0.8
TC sensitivity 1) typ. % fs/10 K ± 0.3
TC sensitivity 1) max. % fs/10 K ± 0.6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Order code selection table 652. X X X X X X X X X X X

0 ... 50 mbar 9 0
0 ... 100 mbar 9 1
Pressure ranges 2) 0 ... 200 mbar 9 2
0 ... 500 mbar 9 3
0 ... 1000 mbar 9 4
0 ... 10 V 0
Output 3) 0 ... 20 mA 1
4 ... 20 mA 4
Linearity ± 1.5% FS 1
Power supply (IN) 20 ... 30 VDC / 24 VAC +15% / -10% 0
Electrical connection Screw terminals (Protection class with cover IP 65) 0
Inside thread G ⅛ 0
Pressure connections Straight screwed connection G ⅛ for pipe (± 6 mm) 1
Screwed socket G ⅛ for tube (± 6 mm) 2
Anodized aluminium black 0
Pressure case Brass 1
Nickel-plated brass 2
NBR-based 0
FPM 1
Diaphragme
EPDM 2
Q (Silicon) 3
Without mounting bracket 0 0
Mounting With mounting bracket type A 0 1
With mounting bracket type B 0 2
Accessories 4)
Order number
Mounting bracket type A 100996
Mounting bracket type B 100997
Straight screwed connection G ⅛ for pipe (± 6 mm) 105860
Screwed Socket G ⅛ for tube (± 6 mm) 108239
1)
TC = Temperature coefficient 2)
Other output signals on request 4)
Straight screwed connector G ⅛ Screwed Socket G ⅛
Sealing NBR
Mounting bracket type A Mounting bracket type B
Volume flow transmitter type 679
Measuring range
-1 ... 1 mbar / 0 ... 0.3 50 mbar
The volume flow transmitter type 679 have Bi-direction pressure With LCD-Display
ranges. Variable measurement of pressure, flow or velocity of
Adjustable measurement range
flow is available.
Switchable output signals
Special sensors developed for each pressure range guarantee a Resettable Zero Point (Reset button)
physically precise and long term stable measurement.
The diversity of versions ensure the use in many various ap- Full scale adjustable
plications in HVAC or for fine measurement in the industry or Application at over and low pressure
medical sector. range possible
Fast, easy mounting.
Housing incorporates integral bracket
for wall or ceiling mounting
Adjustable k-Factor for flow and velocity
Technical overview
Measuring range
Flow and velocity for following pressure ranges -1 ... 1 mbar / 0 ... 0.3 50 mbar
Temperature Storage -10 ... +70 ÀC
No condensation
< 3 mbar P1 = 50 mbar P2 = 4 mbar
Application at over pressure range
> 3 mbar P1 = 100 mbar P2 = 4 mbar
Tolerable overload on one side < 3 mbar P1 = -4 mbar P2 = -50 mbar
Application at under pressure range
> 3 mbar P1 = -4 mbar P2 = -100 mbar
ambient temperature 2 x overload
Rupture pressure
70 ÀC 1.5 x overload

Diaphragm Silicone
Housing Polycarbonat PC
Electrical overview
Output 1) Power supply 1) Load Current consumption 2)
2 wire 4 ... 20 mA 8.0 ... 33 VDC < supply0.02
voltage - 8 V
A [Ohm] < 20 mA
0 ... 10 V 13.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ±15% > 10 kOhm < 10 mA
0 ... 20 mA 13.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ±15% < 500 Ohm < 30 mA
3 wire 4 ... 20 mA 13.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ±15% < 500 Ohm < 30 mA
0 ... 5 V 3) 6.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ±15% > 10 kOhm < 10 mA
Filter Response time switchable by off / 0.2s / 1s / 5s / 20s
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 10 Hz
Protection standard
Without cover IP 00
IP 54
With cover
IP 65
Display
Double spaced per 8 digit alphanumeric
LCD Display
At additional backlight LCD-Display 30 mA current consumption
Ranges of adjustment
The zero piont is adjustable by reset button.
The Full scale is adjustable by DIP-Switch and additional by the turbopoti.
Display adjustable between flow and velocity.
Pressure Flow: Velocity:
Available units:
mbar, Pa, mmWS, kPa, hPa, inH2O m3/s, m3/h, cfm, L/s m/s, fpm
Parameters are adjustable by customer

Pressure ranges in grades; stepless adjustable with Turbo-Poti / output signals / Unit / Output signal and additional 0 ... 5 V / filter (off / 0.2s / 1s / 5s / 20s) / k-Factor adjustable 0.0001 ... 9999 /
backlight (off / 5min / on)
Screw terminals for wire and stranded conductors up to 1.5 mm2
Cable gland with built-in strain relief PG11
Pressure connection
Connection pipe ± 6.2 mm
Installation arrangement Recommendation: Vertical, with pressure connections downwards
Mounting Mounting bracket (integrated in case)
Tests / Admissions
UL
Electromagnetic compatibility CE-conformity acc. EN 61326-2-3
Weight
~ 100 g
Packaging
Multiple packaging 20 / 40 / 120
Accuracy
Parameters Unit μ0.5 mbar 0 ... 1 mbar 0 ... 3 mbar 0 ... 5 mbar 0 ... 10 - 50 mbar
Tolerance zero point max. % FS ±1.0 ±1.0 ±0.7 ±0.7 ±0.7
Tolerance full scale max. % FS ±1.0 ±1.0 ±0.7 ±0.7 ±0.7
Resolution % FS 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1
Total of linearity, hysteresis and repeatability max. % FS ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±0.6
Long therm stability acc. DIN EN 60770 % FS ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0
TC-Zero point 4) typ. % FS/10K ±0.2 ±0.2 ±0.2 ±0.1 ±0.1
TC-Zero point 4) max. % FS/10K ±1.0 ±1.0 ±0.5 ±0.4 ±0.4
TC sensitivity 4) typ. % FS/10K ±0.3 ±0.3 ±0.2 ±0.1 ±0.1
TC sensitivity 4) max. % FS/10K ±0.6 ±0.6 ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.2
- no additional root-extracted errors Test conditions: 25 ÀC, 45% rF, Power supply 24 VDC
- For changing diaphragm position, compensable with zero point reset TC z.p. / TC z.p. 0 ⁄ 70 ÀC
1)
Adjustable by DIP-Switch 2)
Additional adjustable by software 4)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Pre-adjustment max. range 9
Pressure range of 0 % to 100% FS (diagram a) 1
Signal range selectable Pressure range of -10 % to 90% FS (diagram b) 2
Pressure range of -100 % to 100% FS (diagram c) 3
mbar (hPa) Pa mmWS inH2O
0 ...0.3/0.5 30/50 3/5 0.1/0.2 1)
0
0 ... 0.3/0.5/1 30/50/100 3/5/10 0.1/0.2/0.3 2)
1
0 ... 0.5/1/3 50/100/300 5/10/30 0.3/0.5/1 1)
2
Pressure range selectable 0 ... 1/3/5 100/300/500 10/30/50 0.5/1/2 1)
3
0 ... 3/5/10 300/500/1000 30/50/100 1/2/3 1)
4
0 ... 5/10/16 500/1000/1600 50/100/160 2/3/5 1)
5
0 ... 10/16/25 1000/1600/2500 100/160/250 3/5/10 1)
6
0 ... 16/25/50 1600/2500/5000 160/250/500 5/10/20 1)
7
mbar 0 2 6
Pa 2 2 6
mmWS 3 2 6
hPa 4 2 6
kPa 5 2 6
inH2O 6 2 6
mbar 8 3
m3/s
Pa 9 3
Unit
mbar E 3
m3/h
Pa F 3
cfm inH2O K 3
mbar M 3
L/s
Pa N 3
mbar S 3
m/s
Pa T 3
fpm inH2O Y 3
Linear with filter (transposable) 2 6
Output signal
Square root extracted with filter (transposable) 3
0 ... 10 V 13.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ± 15 % (3-Leiter) 1
0 ... 20 mA 13.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ± 15 % (3-Leiter) 3
Output / power supply 13.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ± 15 % (3-Leiter) 4
4 ... 20 mA
8.0 ... 33 VDC (2-Leiter) 5
at delivery no pre-adjustment 2 6
with display in pressure unit chosen above 1
Option
with display in %fs 2
without pressure orifices 1
Pressure connection / pressure orifices on P1 2
pressure orifices pressure orifices on P2 3
pressure orifices on P1 and P2 4
without 0
IP 54 with connection kit (metal), 90À angled including tube 2 m long (Fig. 1) 1
Accessories / with connection kit (plastic), straight including tube 2 m long (Fig. 2) 2
connection Kit without 3
with connection kit (plastic), straight including tube 2 m long (Fig. 2) 5
(optinal) Indicate W and state range on order (e.g.: W0 ... + 8mbar/OUT1...6V) 1 W
Range of characteristic line

a) b) c)
Out
Out
Out
100 % 100 %
100 %
max. low pressure Zero @ 50%

max. low pressure -1 mbar
-1 mbar Zero @ 10%
0%
0% Druck 100 % -10 % Druck 90 % -100% 0% 100 %
Druck
Accessories 3)
Bestellnummer
Connection kit for vent duct (metal), 90À angled including tube 2 m long (Fig. 1) 104312
Connection kit for vent duct (plastic), straight including tube 2 m long (Fig. 2) 100064
DIN-rail mounting adaptor (Fig. 3) 112854
1)
minimal operating pressure = -50 Pa 2)
2 wire 3 wire Universal

2 and 3 wire
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3
92 4
6 11.6
51
35.2
28
97
EN 60 715-TH 35-7.5

Pressure range
0 ... 0.1 25 bar
Type 692 pressure transmitters have a unique, well proven Very low temperature sensitivity
ceramic technolgy. There are variety of pressure and electrical
High resistance to extreme temperatures
connections available, together with several stanadardised output
signals. The wide variety of options makes these transmitters No mechanical creepage
ideal for applications across a broad spectrum of industries. Modular system and choice of materials
to suit individual applications
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative and differential 0 ... 0.1 25 bar
Temperature
Tolerable overload on one side See order code selection table
< 6 bar 25 bar
System pressure
> 10 bar 50 bar
Rupture pressure 1.5x system pressure
Materials
Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303,
Pressure connection
PVDF, CuZn nickel plated
Materials in contact with the medium Sensor ceramic Al2O3 (96%)
Electrical overview
Output Power supply Load Current consumption (at nominal pressure)
2 wire 4 ... 20 mA 11 ... 33 VDC < supply 0.02
voltage - 11 V
A [Ohm] < 20 mA
0 ... 5 V 11 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ±15% >10 kOhm < 5 mA
3 wire 0 ... 10 V 18 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ±15% >10 kOhm < 5 mA
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC ±5% >10 kOhm < 5 mA
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 50 Hz
Protection standard
IP 65
Connector DIN EN 60130-9
Cable 1.5 m PG7
Pressure connection
± 4 mm
Pressure tube tip
± 6 mm
± 6 mm
Screw fitting
± 8 mm
7
/16 -20 UNF
Outside thread
G⅛
⅛ -27 NPT
Inside thread
G⅛
Installation arrangement Unrestricted
Mounting Mounting bracket
Tests / Admissions
Weight
~ 430 g
Packaging
Single packaging in cardboard accessories included
1 Electrical connection
2 Seals
3 Ceramic element
4 P2 Pressure connection (lower pressure)
5 P1 Pressure connection (higher pressure)
Accuracy
Versions with overload on one Versions with overload on one Versions with overload on one side
Parameter Unit
side < 2x nominal pressure side < 3x nominal pressure < 7.5x nominal pressure
Tolerance zero point max. % fs ± 0.4 ± 0.75 ± 1.25
Tolerance full scale max. % fs ± 0.4 ± 0.75 ± 1.25
Resolution % fs 0.1 0.15 0.25
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability max. % fs ± 0.5 ± 0.75 ± 1.25
Long term stability acc. to DIN EN 60770 % fs ± 0.5 ± 0.5 ± 0.5
TC zero point 1) max. % fs/10K See order code selection table See order code selection table See order code selection table
TC sensitivity 1) max. % fs/10K ± 0.15 ± 0.23 ± 0.38
Test conditions: 25 ÀC, 45% RH, Power supply 24 VDC

TC z.p. / TC s. -15 ... +80 ÀC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Tolerable overload on one side TC z.p. (fs/10K)
P1 P2
0 ... 0.1 bar max. 0.6 bar (6 x Nominal pressure) 0.6 bar ± 1.2 % 9 0 0
0 ... 0.25 bar max. 1.2 bar (4.8 x Nominal pressure) 1.2 bar ± 1.0 % 9 0 3
0 ... 0.4 bar max. 2 bar (5 x Nominal pressure) 2 bar ± 1.0 % 9 0 5
Pressure range 2) 0 ... 0.6 bar max. 1.2 bar (2 x Nominal pressure) 1.2 bar ± 0.4 % 9 0 8
0 ... 1 bar max. 2 bar (2 x Nominal pressure) 2 bar ± 0.4 % 9 1 1
0 ... 1.6 bar max. 12 bar (7.5 x Nominal pressure) 12 bar ± 1.0 % 9 1 4
0 ... 2.5 bar max. 12 bar (4.8 x Nominal pressure) 12 bar ± 0.6 % 9 1 6
▲ Fullscale signal at these pressures
Sealing material
NBR Butadiene Acrylonitrile 2
0 ... 5 V 11 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ±15% 0
0 ... 10 V 18 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ±15% 1
4 ... 20 mA 11 ... 33 VDC 7
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC ±5% 9
Cable 1.5 m, PG7 0
Electrical connection DIN EN 175301-803-A 1
Connector 3)
DIN EN 60130-9 3
Inside thread Stainless steel ⅛ -27 NPT or PVDF G ⅛ 0
CuZn nickel plated for tube inside ± 4 mm 1
Stainless steel 1.4571 / AISI 316Ti for tube inside ± 4 mm E
Hose connection CuZn nickel plated for tube inside ± 6 mm 2
PVDF for tube inside ± 6 mm 3 2
Stainless steel 1.4571 / AISI 316Ti for tube inside ± 6 mm D
CuZn nickel plated for pipe outside ± 6 mm 4
Pressure connection Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303 for pipe outside ± 6 mm 5
PVDF for pipe outside ± 6 mm 8 2
Screw fitting
CuZn nickel plated for pipe outside ± 8 mm 6
Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303 for pipe outside ± 8 mm 7
PVDF for pipe outside ± 8 mm 9 2
Outside thread 7
/16 -20 UNF CuZn nickel plated A
Adapter inside G ⅛ Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303 B
Adapter outside G ⅛ CuZn nickel plated with union nut C
Stainless steel1.4305 / AISI 303 1
Case PVDF all ranges up to 6 bar max., overload on one side and system pressure max. 12 bar 2
Stainless steel with pressure tip orifice 4
Accessories
Order number
Female connector DIN EN 175301-803-A with seal IP 65, when installed and screwed 103510
Female connector DIN EN 60130-9 IP 65, when installed and screwed 103524
Mounting bracket incl. screws 101999
1)
Female Connector
DIN EN 60130-9
Female connector DIN EN

175301-803-A
Cable
Stainless steel
Stainless steel ~136 / PVDF ~130 (mounted)
PVDF
Stainless steel ~158 / PVDF ~152 (mounted)

Stainless steel ~108 / PVDF ~102

Bracket
Stainless L~24 a=10

Screw fitting for pipe outside ± 6
steel X~65 b=12
1.4305 L~26 a=12
AISI 303 Screw fitting for pipe outside ± 8
X~67 b=14
Stainless Steel
L~12 a=14
1.4305 Inside thread G ⅛
AISI 303 X~53
L~24 a=10
CuZn X~65 b=12
nickel plated L~25 a=12
X~66 b=14
CuZn L~20 a=10

nickel plated Hose connection for tube ± 4
X~61
Stainless steel
1.4571 L~25 a=10
Hose connection for tube ± 6
AISI 316Ti X~66 2 wire 3 wire
CuZn L~20 a=10 brown brown

nickel plated
Outside thread G ⅛
X~61 b=12 Cable white
green green
CuZn L~18 a=14

nickel plated
Outside thread 7/16 -20 UNF
X~59
Connector DIN
L~20 a=12 EN 175301-803-A
Screw fitting for pipe ± 6
X~61
PVDF
L~23 a=14
Screw fitting for pipe ± 8
X~64
L~20 a=10
PVDF Hose connection for tube ± 6
X~61 Connector DIN
EN 60130-9

pressure module type 698
Pressure range
-5 ... 5 mbar / 0 ... 1 10000 mbar
The pressure modules type 698 are suitable for monitoring Rugged measured value detector, owing to
pressure and flow in air conditioning systems and in the outstanding synergy obtained by combining
laboratory sector. diaphragm technology with a cermaic element
The module is optionally available with a 3 digit LED display,
High overpressure safety margin, even in
two limit value switches (potential free) as well as a square
the lowest pressure range
root extraction.
Easy to install and commission
No maintenance required
High Protection standard
Technical overview
Pressure range
-1 ... 0 bar
Relative
0 ... 10 bar
-5 ... 5 mbar
Differential
0 ... 500 mbar
Medium 0 ... +70 ÀC
Differential pressure 0 ... 50 mbar 100 mbar
Relative pressure 0.1 ... 10 bar 3x fs 1)
0 ... 50 mbar 200 mbar
Differential pressure
Rupture pressure 100 ... 500 mbar 5x fs
Relative pressure 0.1 ... 10 bar 3x fs 1)

Pressure connections PVC
Hose connection Silicone / PA
Diaphragm Silicone / Al2O3 (96%) / Silicium
Sensor housing PA, PC, Ultem
Sealing material NBR
Sensor Al2O3 (96%) / Silicium
Electrical overview
0 ... 10 V
Output (Selectable by customer) 0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
17 ... 33 VDC
24 VAC
Power supply 115 VAC
230 VAC
0 ... 10 V > 2 kOhm
Tolerable load
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA < 500 Ohm
Current consumption < 4 VA
Extra-low voltage Each connection is protected against crossover up to max. power supply
Polarity reversal protection
Low voltage 230 VAC / 115 VAC only on supply terminals, transformer short-circuit
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 10 Hz
Protection standard
IP 65
Limit switches
Two potential free change over contacts adjustable over the full range (Adjustment with potentionmeter).
Contact rating 250 VAC / 6A
Switching hysteresis ~ 1% fs fixed
Screw terminals for 1.5 mm2
Pressure connection
Connection pipe (conical) ± 4 ... 7 mm
Quick fitting ± 3.9 mm / M6x0.75
Display
LED, 3 digit
Installation arrangement Unrestricted 2)
Mounting Fixing holes integrated in housing
Tests / Admissions
Weight
24 VDC, without display ~ 440 g
230 VAC, with diplay ~ 640 g
Packaging
1)
max. 14 bar at 20 ÀC and max. 7 bar at 70 ÀC 2)
Positional error versions with full scale < 50 mbar = 0.13 mbar
Accuracy
-0.5 ⁄ +0.5 mbar -5 ⁄ +5 mbar -1 ⁄ 0 bar

Parameter Unit 0 ⁄ 1 mbar 0⁄3 500 mbar 0⁄1 6 bar
Tolerance zero point max. % fs ± 1.0 ± 0.7 ± 0.7

Tolerance full scale max. % fs ± 1.0 ± 0.7 ± 0.7
Resolution % fs 0.2 0.1 0.1
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability % fs ± 2.5 ± 1.0 ± 1.0
Long term stability acc. DIN EN 60770 % fs ± 1.0 ± 1.0 ± 0.5
TC zero point 1) max. % fs/10K ± 1.0 ± 0.5 ± 0.3
TC sensitivity 1) max. % fs/10K ± 0.6 ± 0.5 ± 0.2
With root-extracted output (2 ⁄ 100% pressure)

Absolute error: (% of full scale) TC zero point: % fs/10 K 1)
0 ... 1 mbar 0 ... 3 mbar - 6 bar

Test conditions:
pFS pFS pFS
max. ±0.6 +1.5 max. ±0.3 +1.5 25 ÀC, 45% RH, power supply 24 VDC
p p max. ±0.6 p +1.5
TC z.p. / TC s. -10 ⁄ + 50 ÀC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

without limit switches 0
Version
with limit switches 1
-5 ... + 5 mbar Differential pressure 0 0 0
-0.5 ... + 0.5 mbar Differential pressure 0 1 0
-0.5 ... + 1 mbar Differential pressure 0 2 0
0 ... + 1 mbar Differential pressure 0 5
0 ... + 30 mbar Differe-ntial pressure 1 0
Pressure range 0 ... + 50 mbar Differential pressure 1 1
-1 ... + 0 bar Relative pressure 1 6 0 1
0 ... + 1 bar Relative pressure 1 7 1
0 ... + 1.6 bar Relative pressure 1 8 1
0 ... + 2.5 bar Relative pressure 1 9 1
mbar / bar 0
Pa for pressure ranges < 10 mbar 1
Pressure unit 2)
kPa for pressure ranges 3 mbar ⁄ 6 bar 2
MPa for pressure ranges 2.5 bar ⁄ 10 bar 3
17 ⁄ 33 VDC / 24 VAC ± 15% 0
24 VAC galvanically isolated 1
Power supply
0 ⁄ 10 V 0
Output 0 ⁄ 20 mA 1
4 ⁄ 20 mA 2
Without root extraction 0
Square root extraction
With root extraction 1
Without display 0
Display In pressure unit chosen above 0 1
With display in % 2
Connection pipe 0
Pressure connection
Quick fitting 1
Horizontal 0
Vertical 1
1)
Other pressure units on request
15
15
20
55
25
25 21 18 21 30 30
171
121
16
18
24
Hose fitting Connection pipe
159
5
91
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
P1
P2
OUT SP2 SP1 IN
17 … 33 VDC
U/I
24 VAC
115 VAC
230 VAC
Relative, and differential pressure

Pressure range
-1 ... 1 mbar / 0 ... 0.3 50 mbar
The type 699 transmitters are available in switchable pressure Available with or without LCD display
ranges and with or without display. The full-version includes
Adjustable measurement range
customer specific adjustment possibilities. Especially developed
sensors for each pressure range ensure accurate long term Switchable output signals
stable measurement and the large variety of options provide the Switchable response curve
perfect platform for use in air conditioning technology as well as (linear or root-extracted)
for fine measurement in the industrial and medical environment.
Resettable Zero Point (Reset button)
Full scale adjustable
Attractive price / performance ratio
Application at over and low pressure range
possible
Fast, easy mounting. Housing incorporates
integral bracket for wall or ceiling mounting
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative and differential -1 ... 1 mbar / 0 ... 0.3 50 mbar
Temperature Storage -10 ... +70 ÀC
No condensation
< 3 mbar P1 = 50 mbar P2 = 4 mbar
Application at over pressure range
> 3 mbar P1 = 100 mbar P2 = 4 mbar
Tolerable overload on one side < 3 mbar P1 = -4 mbar P2 = -50 mbar
Application at under pressure range
> 3 mbar P1 = -4 mbar P2 = -100 mbar
ambient temperature 2 x overload
Rupture pressure
70 ÀC 1.5 x overload

Diaphragm Silicone
Housing Polycarbonat PC
Electrical overview
Output 1) Power supply 1) Load Current consumption 2)
voltage - 8 V
A [Ohm] < 20 mA
0 ... 10 V 13.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ±15% > 10 kOhm < 10 mA
0 ... 20 mA 13.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ±15% < 500 Ohm < 30 mA
3 wire 4 ... 20 mA 13.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ±15% < 500 Ohm < 30 mA
0 ... 5 V 3) 6.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ±15% > 10 kOhm < 10 mA
Filter Response time switchable by off / 0.2s / 1s / 5s / 20s
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 10 Hz
Protection standard
Without cover IP 00
IP 54
With cover
IP 65
Display
Double spaced per 8 digit alphanumeric
LCD Display
At additional backlight LCD-Display 30 mA current consumption
Module MODBUS RTU RS-485
Ranges of adjustment
The zero piont is adjustable by reset button.
The Full scale is adjustable by DIP-Switch and additional by the turbopoti.
Adjustability
Optional version with self configurable parameters (see order code selection table)
Screw terminals for wire and stranded conductors up to 1.5 mm2
Cable gland with built-in strain relief PG11
Pressure connection
Installation arrangement Recommendation: Vertical, with pressure connections downwards
Mounting Mounting bracket (integrated in case)
Tests / Admissions
UL
Electromagnetic compatibility CE-conformity acc. EN 61326-2-3
Weight
Without display ~ 90 g
With display ~ 100 g
Packaging
Multiple packaging 20 / 40 / 120
Accuracy
Parameter Unit μ0.5 mbar 0 ... 1 mbar 0 ... 3 mbar 0 ... 5 mbar 0 ... 10 - 50 mbar
Tolerance zero point max. % fs ±1.0 ±1.0 ±0.7 ±0.7 ±0.7
Tolerance zero full scale max. % fs ±1.0 ±1.0 ±0.7 ±0.7 ±0.7
Resolution % fs 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability max. % fs ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±0.6
Long therm stability acc. to DIN EN 60770 % fs ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0
TC zero point 4) typ. % fs/10K ±0.2 ±0.2 ±0.2 ±0.1 ±0.1
TC zero point 4) max. % fs/10K ±1.0 ±1.0 ±0.5 ±0.4 ±0.4
TC sensitivity 4) typ. % fs/10K ±0.3 ±0.3 ±0.2 ±0.1 ±0.1
TC sensitivity 4) max. % fs/10K ±0.6 ±0.6 ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.2
- no additional root-extracted errors Test conditions: 25 ÀC, 45% rF, Power supply 24 VDC
- For changing diaphragm position, compensable with zero point reset TC z.p. / TC z.p. 0 ⁄ 70 ÀC
1)
Adjustable by DIP-Switch 2)
Additional adjustable by software (with LCD-Display only)
4)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

max. range 9
Pre-adjustment middle range B
min. range C
Pressure range of 0 % to 100% fs 1
Signal range selectable Pressure range of -10 % to 90% fs 2
Pressure range of -100 % to 100% fs 3
mbar (hPa) Pa mmWS inH2O
0 ...0.3/0.5 30/50 3/5 0.1/0.2 1)
0
0 ... 0.3/0.5/1 30/50/100 3/5/10 0.1/0.2/0.3 2)
1
0 ... 0.5/1/3 50/100/300 5/10/30 0.3/0.5/1 1)
2
Pressure range selectable 0 ... 1/3/5 100/300/500 10/30/50 0.5/1/2 1)
3
0 ... 3/5/10 300/500/1000 30/50/100 1/2/3 1)
4
0 ... 5/10/16 500/1000/1600 50/100/160 2/3/5 1)
5
0 ... 10/16/25 1000/1600/2500 100/160/250 3/5/10 1)
6
0 ... 16/25/50 1600/2500/5000 160/250/500 5/10/20 1)
7
mbar 0
hPa 4
Pa 2
Pressure unit
kPa 5
mmWS 3
inH2O 6
without Filter dual DIP-Switch 1 0
Linear
Output signal / with Filter (transposable) tenfold DIP-Switch 2
adjustment without Filter dual DIP-Switch 4 0
Square root extracted
with Filter (transposable) tenfold DIP-Switch 3
0 ... 10 V 13.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ± 15 % (3 wire) 1
0 ... 20 mA 13.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ± 15 % (3 wire) 3
Output / power supply 13.5 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC ± 15 % (3 wire) 4
4 ... 20 mA
8.0 ... 33 VDC (2 wire) 5
Output signal complimentary selectabel, at delivery no pre-adjustment 9 2 6
without display 0
with display in pressure unit chosen above 1
Option
with display in % fs 2
with module MODBUS 2,3 1 3
without pressure orifice 1
Pressure connection / pressure orifice on P1 2
Pressure orifices pressure orifice on P2 3
pressure orifice on P1 and P2 4
without 0
Accessories with connection kit (plastic), straight including tube 2 m long (Fig. 2) 2
/
Connection Kit without 3
with connection kit (plastic), straight including tube 2 m long (Fig. 2) 5
(optinal) Indicate W and state range on order (e.g.: W0 ... + 8mbar/OUT1...6V) 9 1 W
Range of characteristic line

a) b) c)
Out
Out
Out
100 % 100 %
100 %
max. low pressure max. low Zero @ 50%

-1 mbar pressure
Zero @ 10% -1 mbar
0%
0% Pressure 100 % -10 % Pressure 90 % -100% 0% 100 %
Pressure
Depending on the version parameters are adjustable by customer

Version Variable parameters
Dual DIP-Switch Pressure ranges in grades
Tenfold DIP-Switch Pressure ranges in grades; stepless adjustable with Turbo-Poti / output signals / filter (off / on) / response curve (linear / root extracted)
Tenfold DIP-Switch with Display Pressure ranges in grades; stepless adjustable with Turbo-Poti / pressure units / pressure range character / output signals; additional
0 ... 5 V / filter (off / 0.2s / 1s / 5s / 20s) / response curve (linear / root extracted) / backlight (off / 5min / on)
Accessories 3)
Order number
DIN-rail mounting adaptor (Fig. 3) 112854
Module MODBUS 117305
1)
2 wire 3 wire Universal

2 and 3 wire
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3
92 4
6 11.6
51
35.2
28
97
EN 60 715-TH 35-7.5
Level sensing pressure

Pressure range
0 ... 0.1 - 16 bar
The level sensing pressure transmitters of type 711 with a re- with drinking water approval available
lative pressure measuring cell have an adjusted and amplified
Ex-version availabe
sensor signal. Cable length from 3 to 300 meters as well as ex-
versions and versions with drinking water approval are available. Sea water resistant
All versions with high accuracy
Large variety of cable length (3 to 300 m)
Low pressure ranges
Technische Daten
Pressure range
Relative 0 ... 0.1 - 16 bar
Fuel oil, ultra-light 1) SN 181 160-2
Fuel oil, heavy 1) SN 181 160-2
Diesel oil 1)
Medium Benzine 1)
Sea water
Drinking water (with EPDM O-ring))
Medium and ambient 2) -10 ... +80 ÀC
Temperature
Overload see order code selection table

Case
Sensor Ceramic Al2O3 (99.6%)
Cable PE / FEP
Cable grommet PPE / ETFE
Protection cover PPE / ETFE
Sealing material FPM / EPDM / FFPM
Electrical overview
2 wire 4 ... 20 mA 10 ... 33 VDC (with Ex - 10 ... 30 VDC) < power 0.02
supply - 10 V
A [Ohm] < 22 mA
Polarity reversal protection Short circuit proof and protected against polarity reversal.
Overvoltage protection 36 VDC
Electric strength towards case 500 VDC
Protection class
Dynamic response
Response time < 0.1 s
Protection standard
IP 68, continuous immersion at max. overload (see order code selction table)
Runtime
Time starts at the moment of application of minimal supply voltage <1s
Cable length 3 ... 300 m
Test / Admissions
Electromagnetic compatibility CE conform acc. EN 61326-2-3
Drinking water approval DVGW, KTW, ACS 3)
Germanischer Lloyd 3)
American Bureau of Shipping 3)
Shipbuilding Bureau Veritas 3)
Det Norske Veritas 3)
Lloyd`s Register 3)
UL 3) UL 61010-1
EAC 3)
Ex-protection
IECEx SEV 12.006 3) Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
SEV 12 ATEX 0138 3) II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Weight
Niveau transmitter ~ 375 g
Cable ~ 80 g/m
Packaging
Single packaging
Genauigkeit
Parameter Unit 1
Characteristic line 4) (at 25 ÀC) % fs ± 0.3 0.8
[%FSO]
Thermal characteristic 5) % fs/10K ± 0.05 0.4

0.2
0
Fehler
-0.2
-0.4
Error
-0.6
-0.8
-1
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100
T [°C]
1)
Ex-protection to attention! 2)
non-congealing media 3)
Admisson applied 4)
incl. zero point, full scale, linearity, hysteresis and repeatability) 5)
at -20 ... +80 ÀC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Order code selection table 711. X X X X X X X X X X X

overload
0 ... 0.1 bar 1 bar 9 0 1
0 ... 0.2 bar 1 bar 9 0 2
0 ... 0.3 bar 1 bar 9 0 3
0 ... 0.4 bar 2 bar 9 0 4
0 ... 0.5 bar 2 bar 9 0 5
Pressure range 1) 0 ... 0.6 bar 2 bar 9 1 0
0 ... 1.0 bar 5 bar 9 1 1
0 ... 2.0 bar 10 bar 9 1 3
0 ... 4.0 bar 20 bar 9 1 5
0 ... 6.0 bar 20 bar 9 1 7
0 ... 10.0 bar 30 bar 9 3 0
0 ... 16.0 bar 40 bar 9 3 1
Sealing material EPDM Ethylene propylene (for drinking water) 1
FFPM Perfluorkautschuk 2
Output / power supply 4 ... 20 mA 10 ... 33 VDC (with Ex: 10 ... 30 VDC) 0
3m 0 1
5m 0 2
7m 0 3
10 m 0 4
15 m 0 5
20 m 0 6
25 m 0 7
30 m 0 8
40 m 0 9
50 m 1 0
60 m 1 1
Electrical connection 2) Cable 70 m 1 2
80 m 1 3
90 m 1 4
100 m 1 5
125 m 1 6
150 m 1 7
175 m 1 8
200 m 1 9
225 m 2 0
250 m 2 1
275 m 2 2
300 m 2 3
PE (for drinking water) 0
Cable material
FEP 1
Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L 0
Case material
Stainless steel 1.4539 / AISI 904L (recommend sea water) 1
without 0
Admission Ex protection 1
Drinking water approval 1 0 2
ressure range variation
(optional) Indicate W and state range on order (e.g.: W0... + 3bar/OUT10...16mA) W
Accessories (In the delivery incl. - Level tranmitter with plastik protection cover, humidity protection element and operating instruction)
Order number
Cable hanger 118835
Connection box 118836
Protection cage (Edelstahl 1.4404 / AISI 316L) 118837
Protection cover PPE for PE cable (pack of 10) 118838
Protection cover ETEF for FEP cable (pack of 10) 118839
Humidity protection element (pack of 10) 119217
1)
Other cable length on request
Electrical connections / Dimensions in mm
brown
black
blue
Device design with explosion protection:

4 ... 20 mA
The grounding connection is conductively connected to

the transmitter housing.
brown
black
blue
- Measurement reference height
Sensor with protection cover Sensor with protection cage

for waste water
Connection box
Cable hanger
13.5
(1) Mounting hole

(2) Vent valve
(A) Measuring value process

(B) Vent pipes

(C) to the transmitter
(D) Humidity protection
13.5
element hot-dip galvanized steel
PA6 glass fibre reinforced
(D) ( B)
(C)
(A)

Cable ± 5.5 ... 9.5

.DEHO
Level sensing relative and

absolute pressure transmitter type 712
Pressure range
0 ... 0.3 - 3 bar
The level sensing pressure transmitter Type 712 is manu- suitable for drinking water
factured using an relative or absolute pressure measuring cell
intrinsically safe execution with voltage-
with an adjusted and amplified sensor signal and is available
and current output
with various cable lengths from 2 to 30 meters. The Type 712
offers Ex protection as well as versions with integrated tem- suitable for fitting in 1-inch pipe
perature measurement. with integrated temperature
measurement
In addition to voltage and current outputs the Type 712 is
available with ratiometric outputs.
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative 0.0 ... 0.3 2.5 bar
Absolute 0.8 ... 1.4 3.0 bar
Fuel oil, ultra-light 1) SN 181 160-2
Fuel oil, heavy 1) SN 181 160-2
Medium Diesel oil 1)
Benzine 1)
Drinking water (with EPDM O-ring)

Medium and ambient 2) -20 ... +80 ÀC
Temperature
Overload 3x fs; max. 3 bar at 0.3 bar version

Case Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L
Cable PE-HD
Protection cover PPE
Sealing material FPM, EPDM (for drinking water)
Electrical overview
2 wire 4 ... 20 mA 10 ... 30 VDC < Power 0.02
supply - 7 V
A [Ohm] < 20 mA
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 30 VDC >10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 5 mA
3 wire
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC ±10% > 5 kOhm / < 100 nF < 3 mA
4 wire (with temperature) ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC ±10% > 5 kOhm / < 100 nF < 3 mA
Polarity reversal protection Short circuit proof and protected against polarity reversal.
Temperature output > 1 MOhm
Dynamic response
Protection standard
IP 68
Runtime
Time starts at the moment of application of minimal supply voltage < 10 ms
Cable PE-HD length 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30 m
Test / Admissions
Electromagnetic compatibility CE-conform acc. to EN 61326-2-3
Drinking water approval ACS
KTW
Drinking water verification certificate for plastic parts W270
WRAS
Ex-protection
IECEx SEV 12.006 Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
SEV 12 ATEX 0138 II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Weight
Without cable ~ 200 g
Packaging
Single packaging
Accuracy
Standard
Parameter Unit
Max. deviation 3) at 25 ÀC % fs ± 0.8
Resolution 4) % fs 0.1
Thermal characteristic 5), 6) % fs/10K ± 0.2
Long term stability acc. IEC EN 60770-1 max. % fs ± 0.25
Higher accuracy (only with ratiometric execution and pressure range > 1 bar)
Parameter Unit
Max. deviation at compensated
temperature range 3) at -10 ... +60 ÀC % fs ± 0.5
Resolution % fs 0.1
1)
Ex-protection to attention! 2)
non-congealing media 3)
incl. zero point, full scale, linearity, hysteresis and repeatability)
4)
pressure range 0.3 bar < 0.2 % fs 5)
at -20 ... +80 ÀC 6)
0.3 bar-type with output 4 ... 20 mA = ±0.5% fs/10K
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Absolute 8
Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute with higher accuracy C 1,2
Relative with higher accuracy D 1,2
Pmax.
0.0 ... 0.3 bar relative pressure 4.5 bar 9 1 3
0.0 ... 1.0 bar relative pressure 4.5 bar 9,D 1 1
Max measurable level (for water depending
Pressure range 1) on the locations weather)
0.8 ... 1.4 bar absolute pressure 4.5 bar 3.5 ... 6.7 mWs 8 1 1
0.8 ... 2.0 bar absolute pressure 6.0 bar 9.6 ... 12.8 mWs 8,C 1 2
0.8 ... 3.0 bar absolute pressure 9.0 bar 20.0 ... 23.0 mWs 8,C 1 4
▲ Full scale signal at these pressures ❶ ❷
❶ PBARO = 1060 mbar (high pressure on sea level)
❷ PBARO = 740 mbar (low pressure at 2000 meters above sea level)
Sealing material
EPDM Ethylene propylene (for drinking water) 1
4 ... 20 mA 10 ... 30 VDC 0
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC ±10% 1
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC ±10% (with temperature) 2
0 ... 10 V 12 ... 30 VDC 3 0
2m 0
5m 1
10 m 2
Electrical connection 2) Cable
15 m 3
20 m 4
30 m 5
without protection cover 2 0
Protection cover
with protection cover 2 1
without ex-protection 0
Ex-protection
with ex-protection 4
h - Fluid level
- Measurement reference height
A - Distance from protection cover to the position of measuring diaphragm
B - distance from beginning of thread to the position of measuring diaphragm
(versions without protection cover)
4 ... 20 mA ratiom. 10 ... 90%, 0 ... 10 V ratiom. 10 ... 90% with temperature
brown brown brown
white white white
green green green
yellow
Device design with explosion Device design with explosion protection: ratiom. 10 ... 90%
protection: 4 ... 20 mA The electronic GND is connected with a 1MΩÃ resistor to the level transmit-
The grounding connection is conductively connec- ter housing. The GND conductor of level transmitter must be connected to
ted to the level transmitter housing. The ground the equipotential bonding system of the plant.
conductor of level transmitter must be connected
to the equipotential bonding system of the plant.
brown brown brown

white white white
green green green
yellow
1)
Other cable length on request
Accessories
Order number
Cable hanger 118026
Connection box 118027
Test adapter 118028
Protection cover (pack of 10) 118067
Humidity protection element (pack of 10) 118068
Additional weight 118093
Connection box
(1) Mounting hole

(2) Vent valve
(A) Measuring value process

(B) Vent pipes
(C) to the transmitter
B)
(C)
(A)
Additional weight Protection cover Cable hanger

~200 g

hot-dip galvanized steel

PA6 glass fibre reinforced
1) Inside thread Iso 228/1-G ¼ A

Cable ± 4.5 ... 6.5

.DEHO
Calculation of level
General level with relative pressure sensor:
General level with absolute pressure sensor:
which
and Using a second level sensor as barometric air

pressure sensor
For level sensor with current output use nominal signal values for ITS ... instead of variables UTS ... (resp. IBaro ... instead of UBaro ...)
Simplification of formula for level sensor with ratiometric output:
Using a second level sensor as barometric air pressure sensor
Legend:
h level [m] ρ density of media [kg/m3]
g acceleration of fall 9.80665 [m/s2]
∆p measured relative pressure [Pa]
PTS measured pressure of level sensor [Pa] UTS signal on level sensor output [V or mA]
PBARO measured pressure of barometer [Pa] UBARO Signal on barometer output [V or mA]
PTS_NP minimal nominal pressure of level sensor [Pa] UTS_NP minimal nominal signal of level sensor [V or mA]
PTS_EW maximum nominal pressure of level sensor [Pa] UTS_EW maximum nominal signal of level sensor [V or mA]
PBARO_NP minimal nominal pressure of barometer [Pa] UBARO_NP minimal nominal signal of barometer [V or mA]
PBARO_EW maximum nominal pressure of barometer [Pa] UBARO_EW maximum nominal signal of barometer [V or mA]
Specification temperature output
3 TTEMP Temperature NTC [ÀC] UTEMP Voltage NTC [V]

T0 -273.15 [ÀC] R 20'000 [Ω]
a + b • In • + c • In •
UIN 4.5 ... 5.5 [V]
a = 0.001204001
b = 0.000208775
c = 0.000000294
TTEMP = ”(UTEMP)
Difference to the measured temperature [ÀC]
Max. error of the temperature output
TTEMP (ÀC) @ UIN = 4.5 V

TTEMP (ÀC)
Temperature [ÀC]
UTEMP (V)
Relative pressure switch type 521
Pressure range
0 ... 2.5 600 bar
The compact type 521 pressure switch is based upon the Compact, rugged construction
Huba Control developed thick film technology where the
Welded without sealing parts
pressure measuring cell is fully welded.
Saving time by quick cable
Switching points set in factory are available both N/C and mounting by the customer with
N/O function. Various electrical and pressure connections are swift connector
available to suit given applications. Large selection of connections available.
Technical overview
Pressure range
Medium -40 ... +135 ÀC
Storage -50 ... +100 ÀC
< 6 bar 5 x FS
Tolerable overload
< 6 bar 10 x FS
Rupture pressure
Materials
Pressure Connection Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L (inside thread Schrader 1.4305 / AISI 303 only)
Pressure connection Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L (inside thread Schrader 1.4305 / AISI 303 only)
Electrical overview
Output Semiconductor (open collector)
Switching contact High-Side Switch (PNP) N/C contact or N/O contact
Switch load High-Side Switch (PNP) max. 200 mA
Protection class
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Adjustment of switching points (factory set)

Upper switching point 8 ... 100% fs
Lower switching point 5 ... 97% fs
Hysteresis > 3 % fs
Protection standard
IP 67
Swift connector without or with cable 1.5 m
Connector M12x1
Pressure connection
7
/16 - 20 UNF without or with Schrader
Inside thread G¼ with O-Ring seal FPM (-30 ... +135 ÀC)
½ -14 NPT < 60 bar
7
/16 - 20 UNF
¼ -18 NPT
Outside thread
R¼ EN 10226
G½ sealed at front
Unrestricted
Tests / Admissions
Electromagnetic compatibility CE conformity acc. EN 61326-2-3 and 50121-3-2
Vibration acc. IEC 68-2-6 20 g, 15 ... 2000 Hz, 15 ... 25 Hz with amplitude ± 15 mm, 1 Octave/min. all 3 directions, 50 constant load
Weight
~ 90 g

Accuracy
Parameter Unit Test conditions: 25ÀC, 45% RH, power supply 24 VDC
Switching points 1) % fs ± 0.5
Resolution % fs 0.1
Thermal characteristic 2) max. % fs/10K ± 0.2
1)
typ. ; max. 1.0% fs (incl. hysteresis and repeatability) 2)
-15 ... 85 ÀC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

0 ... 2.5 bar 9 1 4
0 ... 4 bar 9 1 5
0 ... 6 bar 9 1 7
0 ... 10 bar 9 3 0
0 ... 16 bar 9 3 1
0 ... 25 bar 9 3 2
Pressure range 1) 0 ... 40 bar 9 3 3
0 ... 60 bar 9 4 0
0 ... 100 bar 9 4 1
0 ... 160 bar 9 4 2
0 ... 250 bar 9 4 3
0 ... 400 bar 9 5 4
0 ... 600 bar 9 5 5
standard S 0
Version
for oxygen applications S 1
Contact N/O High-Side-Switch PNP 1
Switching contact
Contact N/C High-Side-Switch PNP 2
Swift connector 0
Electrical connection Connector M12x1 2) 3
7
/16 -20 UNF Schrader 0 N
7
/16 -20 UNF K 1
Inside thread
½ -14 NPT (< 60 bar) D 1
/16 -20 UNF 2 1
¼ -18 NPT 3 1
Outside thread G ¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with Profile seal ring in FPM 4 1
R ¼ acc. to EN 10226 7 1
G ½ sealed at back and manometer with Profile seal ring in FPM 8 1
without pressure tip orifice (Inclusive pressure tip orifice from 100 bar on) 0
Version
with pressure tip orifice 2
Switching points Indicate W and state switching points on order (e.g.: W100/60bar) W
Accessories
Order number
Straight-wire box for connector M12x1 3-pole 114570
Corner-wire box for connector M12x1 with cable 3-pole 200 cm 114604
Function
N/C contact N/C contact: When pressure is applied (p0 → pmax) the switch will disconnect the applied load as soon as the upper switching point is
reached. As the pressure falls (pmax → p0) the switch will connect the load as soon as the lower switching point is reached.
N/O contact: When pressure is applied (p0 → pmax) the switch will connect the applied load as soon as the upper switching point is
reached. With a fall in pressure (pmax → p0) the switch will disconnect the load as soon as the lower switching point is reached.
p0 8 12 20
N/O contact
PNP
Example: pfs 20 bar IN +
Upper switching point 12 bar
Lower switching point 8 bar
max. switching load 100 mA
OUT
RL
p0 8 12 20
GND -
1)
Other pressure connections on request
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

0 ... 30 psi 9 B 4
0 ... 60 psi 9 B 5
0 ... 100 psi 9 B 7
0 ... 200 psi 9 C 1
0 ... 300 psi 9 C 2
0 ... 500 psi 9 C 3
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 750 psi 9 D 0
0 ... 1000 psi 9 D 1
0 ... 2000 psi 9 D 2
0 ... 3000 psi 9 D 3
0 ... 5000 psi 9 E 4
0 ... 7500 psi 9 E 5
standard S 0
Version
Switching contact
Swift connector 0
7
7
/16 -20 UNF K 1
Inside thread
G ¼ wiht O-Ring seal FPM 1 1
½ -14 NPT (< 750 psi) D 1
/16 -20 UNF 2 1
¼ -18 NPT 3 1
R ¼ acc. to EN 10226 7 1
without pressure tip orifice (Inclusive pressure tip orifice from 750 psi on) 0
Version
with pressure tip orifice 2) 2
Switching points Indicate W and state switching points on order (e.g.: W1000/400psi) W
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

0 ... 0.25 MPa 9 G 4
0 ... 0.4 MPa 9 G 5
0 ... 0.6 MPa 9 G 7
0 ... 1 MPa 9 H 0
0 ... 1.6 MPa 9 H 1
0 ... 2.5 MPa 9 H 2
Pressure range 1) 0 ... 4 MPa 9 H 3
0 ... 6 MPa 9 K 0
0 ... 10 MPa 9 K 1
0 ... 16 MPa 9 K 2
0 ... 25 MPa 9 K 3
0 ... 40 MPa 9 L 4
0 ... 60 MPa 9 L 5
standard S 0
Version
Switching contact
Swift connector 0
7
7
/16 -20 UNF K 1
Inside thread
G ¼ wiht O-Ring seal FPM 1 1
½ -14 NPT (< 6 MPa) D 1
/16 -20 UNF 2 1
¼ -18 NPT 3 1
R ¼ acc. to EN 10226 7 1
without pressure tip orifice (Inclusive pressure tip orifice from 10 MPa on) 0
Version
with pressure tip orifice 2) 2
Switching points Indicate W and state switching points on order (e.g.: W10/5MPa) W
1)
Swift connector
1= brown 2=green 3=white
Connector M12x1
G 1/4 inside
1 (IN) 4 (OUT) 3 (GND)
1/2-14 NPT
inside
Inside thread
7/16 - 20 UNF
Schrader
Mounting bracket

pressure switch type 529
Pressure range
-1 ... 0 60 bar
The compact type 529 pressure switch is based upon the Huba Compact, rugged construction
Control developed unique ceramic technology used for the last
20 years in millions of applications.
accuracy
Switching points set in factory are available both N/C and Large selection of connections available.
N/O function. Various electrical and pressure connections are Saving time by quick cable mounting
available to suit given applications. by the customer with swift connector
Technical overview
Pressure range
FPM -15 ... +125 ÀC
EPDM -40 ... +125 ÀC
Medium NBR -20 ... +100 ÀC
Temperature MVQ -40 ... +125 ÀC
Ambient -30 ... +85 ÀC
Storage -50 ... +100 ÀC
< 4 bar 3.0 x fs
> 4 bar 2.5 x fs
Materials
Pressure Connection Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L
Electrical overview
Output Semiconductor (open collector)
Switching contact High-Side Switch (PNP) N/C contact or N/O contact
Switch load High-Side Switch (PNP) max. 200 mA
Protection class
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Adjustment of switching points (factory set)

Upper switching point 8 ... 100% fs
Lower switching point 5 ... 97% fs
Hysteresis > 3 % fs
Protection standard
IP 67
Swift connector without or with cable 1.5 m
Connector M12x1
Pressure connection
Inside thread ½ -14 NPT
7
/16 - 20 UNF
7
/16 - 20 UNF
¼ -18 NPT
G½ sealed at front
Unrestricted
Tests / Admissions
Electromagnetic compatibility CE conformity acc. EN 61326-2-3 and EN 50121-3-2
Vibration acc. IEC 68-2-6 20 g, 15 ... 2000 Hz, 15 ... 25 Hz with amplitude ± 15 mm, 1 Octave/min. all 3 directions, 50 constant load
Weight
~ 90 g

Accuracy
Parameter Unit Test conditions: 25ÀC, 45% RH, power supply 24 VDC
Switching points 1) % fs ± 0.5
Resolution % fs 0.1
Thermal characteristic 2) max. % fs/10K ± 0.2
1)
typ. ; max. 1.0% fs (incl. hysteresis and repeatability) 2)
-15 ... 85 ÀC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

-1 ... 0 bar 9 0 1
0 ... 1 bar 9 1 1
0 ... 1.6 bar 9 1 2
0 ... 2.5 bar 9 1 4 0
0 ... 4 bar 9 1 5 0
Pressure range (relative) 1) 0 ... 6 bar 9 1 7 0
0 ... 10 bar 9 3 0 0
0 ... 16 bar 9 3 1 0
0 ... 25 bar 9 3 2 0
0 ... 40 bar 9 3 3 0
0 ... 60 bar 9 4 0 0
0 ... 1 bar 8 1 1
0 ... 1.6 bar 8 1 2
0 ... 2.5 bar 8 1 4
Pressure range (absolute) 1) 0 ... 4 bar 8 1 5
0 ... 6 bar 8 1 7
0 ... 10 bar 8 3 0
0 ... 16 bar 8 3 1
Sealing material
standard 0
Application
for oxygen applications 0 1
Switching contact
Swift connector 0
Electrical connection Connector M12x1 2)
3
G ¼ with O-Ring seal FPM 1
Inside thread ½ -14 NPT D
7
/16 -20 UNF K
7
/16 -20 UNF 2
¼ -18 NPT 3
G ¼ sealed at back DIN 3852-E with Profile seal ring in FPM 4
Outside thread R ¼ acc. to EN 10226 7
G ½ sealed at back and manometer with Profile seal ring in FPM 8
M20x1.5 sealed at front and manometer (combi) E
without pressure tip orifice 1 1
Version
with pressure tip orifice 2 1
Switching points Indicate W and state switching points on order (e.g.: W40/30bar) W
Accessories
Order number
Straight-wire box for connector M12x1 3-pole 114570
Mounting bracket
1)
Function
N/C contact
N/C contact: When pressure is applied (p0 → pmax) the switch will disconnect the applied load as soon as the upper switching point is
reached. As the pressure falls (pmax → p0) the switch will connect the load as soon as the lower switching point is reached.
N/O contact: When pressure is applied (p0 → pmax) the switch will connect the applied load as soon as the upper switching point is
reached. With a fall in pressure (pmax → p0) the switch will disconnect the load as soon as the lower switching point is reached.
p0 8 12 20
N/O contact
Example: pfs 20 bar
Upper switching point 12 bar
PNP
Lower switching point 8 bar IN +
max. switching load 100 mA
OUT
p0 8 12 20
RL
GND -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

-30 ... 0"hg 9 B 0
0 ... 15 psi 9 B 1
0 ... 20 psi 9 B 2
0 ... 30 psi 9 B 4 0
0 ... 60 psi 9 B 5 0
Pressure range (relative) 1) 0 ... 100 psi 9 B 7 0
0 ... 150 psi 9 C 0 0
0 ... 200 psi 9 C 1 0
0 ... 300 psi 9 C 2 0
0 ... 500 psi 9 C 3 0
0 ... 750 psi 9 D 0 0
0 ... 15 psi 8 B 1
0 ... 20 psi 8 B 2
0 ... 30 psi 8 B 4
Pressure range (absolute) 1) 0 ... 60 psi 8 B 5
0 ... 100 psi 8 B 7
0 ... 150 psi 8 C 0
0 ... 200 psi 8 C 1
Sealing material
standard 0
Application
Switching contact
Swift connector 0
7
/16 -20 UNF K
7
/16 -20 UNF 2
¼ -18 NPT 3
Version
Switching points Indicate W and state switching points on order (e.g.: W30/16psi) W
1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

-0.1 ... 0 MPa 9 G 0
0 ... 0.1 MPa 9 G 1
0 ... 0.16 MPa 9 G 2
0 ... 0.25 MPa 9 G 4 0
0 ... 0.4 MPa 9 G 5 0
Pressure range (relative) 1) 0 ... 0.6 MPa 9 G 7 0
0 ... 1 MPa 9 H 0 0
0 ... 1.6 MPa 9 H 1 0
0 ... 2.5 MPa 9 H 2 0
0 ... 4 MPa 9 H 3 0
0 ... 6 MPa 9 K 0 0
0 ... 0.1 MPa 8 G 1

0 ... 0.16 MPa 8 G 2
0 ... 0.25 MPa 8 G 4
Pressure range (absolute) 1) 0 ... 0.4 MPa 8 G 5
0 ... 0.6 MPa 8 G 7
0 ... 1 MPa 8 H 0
0 ... 1.6 MPa 8 H 1
Sealing material
standard 0
Application
Switching contact
Swift connector 0
7
/16 -20 UNF K
7
/16 -20 UNF 2
¼ -18 NPT 3
Version
Switching points Indicate W and state switching points on order (e.g.: W4/1.2MPa) W
Swift connector
1= brown 2=green 3=white
Connector M12x1
1/2-14 NPT inside

G 1/4 inside
1 (IN) 4 (OUT) 3 (GND)
7/16-20 UNF
inside
1)

Pressure range
0.2 ... 3 50 mbar
The type 604 pressure switch is used as a Δp flow switch in Easy to install
ventilation ducts for the control of filters and fans, and in
Combi-bracket for vertical or horizontal
primary and secondary control systems for the control of air
installation
dampers.
The 604 pressure monitoring switches are also ideally suited User friendly snap cover
to protect heating coils from overheating and for monito- Case geometry allows easy cable lead-in
ring industrial air cooling circuits.
Cable strain relief integrated in PG11
High adjustment accuracy through
individual laser etched scale
Long-term stability of switching points
through trapezoidal bead diaphragm
Multi-layer gold plated contact
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative and differential 0.2 ... 3 50 mbar
Temperature
-30 ... +75 ÀC 75 mbar
-30 ... +85 ÀC 50 mbar

Sensor Silicon LSR 1)
Case PC 10% GF
Cover PC
Electrical overview
5A at 250 VAC
Resistive load
4A at 30 VDC
Switching load) 0.8 A at 250 VAC
Inductive 3)
0.7 A at 30 VDC
Contact system Changeover switch
Service life mechanical > 106 switching cycles
Protection standard
Without cover IP 00
With cover IP 54 / IP 65
Repeatability
0.2 ... 3 mbar ± 0.025 mbar
0.5 ... 5 mbar ± 0.05 mbar
Setting range 1 ... 10 mbar between ± 0.05 mbar
5 ... 20 mbar ± 0.05 mbar
10 ... 50 mbar ± 0.15 mbar
Screw terminals
6.3 mm
AMP connectors
4.8 mm
Pipe ± 6.2 mm
Inside thread G⅛
Recommendation (Factory set) Vertical, pressure connections facing downwards
Horizontal, cover facing downwards Switching points approx. 11 Pa lower than on scale
Horizontal, cover facing upwards Switching points approx. 11 Pa higher than on sclae
Tests / Admissions
UL MFHX2/8 or XAAK2/8
DVGW acc. to DIN EN 1854
EC type examination certificate CE-0085AP0974
Electromagnetic compatibility CE conformity acc. to EN 61326-2-3
Low voltage directive 2006/95/EC
Gas appliance directive 2009/142/EC
Weight
Without bracket ~ 93 g
With combi-bracket type C ~ 143 g

20 pcs
Multiple packaging in cardboard 100 pcs
320 pcs
Setting ranges
0.2 ... 3 mbar 0.5 ... 5 mbar 1 ... 10 mbar 5 ... 20 mbar 10 ... 50 mbar
4) 4) 4) 4) 4)
Upper switching point (mbar)
5)
5) 5) 5)
5)
Switching difference (mbar) Switching difference (mbar) Switching difference (mbar) Switching difference (mbar) Switching difference (mbar)
1)
at 200 ÀC tempered, free of gas emissions 2)
Multi-layer contact (suitable for DDC) 3)
6-fold starting current cos φ 0.6)
4)
Tolerance switching difference 5)
Factory-setting
Compact A/C set (standard) Setting range (mbar) Connection set Order number
Consisting of switch with hose connection ± 6.2 mm, scale in mbar, screw 0.2 ... 3 mbar Fig. 1 (Metal) 604.9000001
terminals, multi-layer contact up to 5 A (suitable for DDC), combi-bracket type 0.5 ... 5 mbar Fig. 1 (Metal) 604.9100001
C and hose connection set, single packaging. 1 ... 10 mbar Fig. 1 (Metal) 604.9200001
0.2 ... 3 mbar Fig. 2 (Plastic) 604.9000002
0.5 ... 5 mbar Fig. 2 (Plastic) 604.9100002
1 ... 10 mbar Fig. 2 (Plastic) 604.9200002
10 ... 50 mbar Fig. 2 (Plastic) 604.9500002
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Order code selection table 604. X X X X X X X X

Standard version 9
Version UL version S
ETL version E
0.2 ... 3 mbar 20 ... 300 Pa 0.08 ... 1.2 inH2O 0.08 ... 1.2 inWC 0
0.5 ... 5 mbar 50 ... 500 Pa 0.2 ... 2 inH2O 0.2 ... 2 inWC 1
Setting range 1 ... 10 mbar 100 ... 1000 Pa 0.4 ... 4 inH2O 0.4 ... 4 inWC 2
5 ... 20 mbar 500 ... 2000 Pa 2 ... 8 inH2O 2 ... 8 inWC 4
10 ... 50 mbar 1000 ... 5000 Pa 4 ... 20 inH2O 4 ... 20 inWC 5
Scale in mbar 0
Scale in Pa 1
Scale in inH2O 2
Scale in inWC 6
Scale 1)
Without Scale (rating plate in mbar) 3
Without Scale (rating plate in Pa) 4
Without Scale (rating plate in inH2O) 5
Without Scale (rating plate in inWC) 7
Pipe ± 6.2 mm without pressure tip orifice 0
Pipe ± 6.2 mm with pressure tip orifice on P2 1
Inside thread G ⅛ without pressure tip orifice 2
Inside thread G ⅛ with pressure tip orifice on P2 3
Screw terminals 0
Electronical connection AMP connector 6.3 mm 1
AMP connector 4.8 mm 2
With cover combi bracket type C IP 54 0
With cover bracket type A IP 54 1
With cover bracket type B IP 54 2
With cover without bracket IP 54 3
Without cover combi bracket type C 5
Without cover bracket type A 6
Cover / Bracket
Without cover bracket type B 7
Without cover without bracket 8
With cover combi bracket type C IP 65 9 A
With cover bracket type A IP 65 9 B
With cover bracket type B IP 65 9 C
With cover without bracket IP 65 9 D
Without 0
Connection kit With connection set (metal), 90À angled incl. tube 2 m long (Fig. 1) 1
With connection set (plastic), straight incl. tube 2 m long (Fig. 2) 2
Two factory set switching points (please specify on order) W
Switching points
One factory set switching point high (please specify on order) R
(optional)
One factory set switching point low (please specify on order) U
Accessories
Order number
Combi-bracket type C 100106
Attachment ring 110005
Attachment ring close 110006
Special screws for fastening bracket to switch (2 screws per switch required) 102976
for wall thickness 0.8 ... 1.1 mm 100294
Fastening clip for bracket A, B, C or direct mounting
for wall thickness 1.8 ... 2.1 mm 100293
1)
For customer specific calibration without scale and with fixed scale
1 Feeder (COM)
2 NC contact
3 NO contact
1)
Hole for PT screws KA25
Bracket type A
Winkel Typ A
Bracket type B
Winkel Typ B
Combi-bracket type C
Kombi-Winkel Typ C
Fig. 1
Flow area
Strömungsraum
± D±=D5.1
= 5.1++0.1
0.1Löcher
Holesfürfor fastening clip
Schnappring
Fig. 2
Flow area
Strömungsraum
Fastening clip (mounted) Mounting adaptor ring close (mounted) Mounting adaptor ring (mounted)
Schnappring (in montiertem Zustand) Befestigungsring geschlossen Befestigungsring
4 x hole PT - screw d1 = 3.0 mm 4 x hole PT - screw d1 = 3.0 mm

Pressure range
20 ... 400 Pa
Type 605 pressure switches are specially developed for use in gas Fitting of the switch Fast mounting with snap
fired heating systems. There are more than 40 million switches in bracket system
use worldwide. Produced on a fully automated production line.
Adjusting security
High setting accuracy and repeatability, combined with excellent
reliability characterise a quality of switch above the industry norm. High contact strength (typically 10 cN)
Essentially less susceptibility to polution of
contact
Roll operation of contact surface
Less sensitive to contact polution through
self cleaning effect
Diaphragm design / material
Better long term stability achieved though the
use of a 2 component silicon diaphragm.
Unique trapezoid diaphragm design provides
for a better contact release and therefore a
more accurate switching point
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative and differential 20 ... 400 Pa 1)
Temperature 2)
Storage -30 ... +110 ÀC
< +85 ÀC 5000 Pa
+85 ... +110 ÀC 1500 Pa
Smallest turn on pressure of 20 Pa 3) Smallest switching differential 8 Pa

Sensor Silicone LSR
Case PC Lexan 500R 4)
Electrical overview
Switching load See Nominal loading limits
Contact system Changeover switch
Service life Mechanically > 106 switching cycles
Protection standard
Not mounted IP 00
With contact safety guard IP 30
With cover, without seal IP 54
With cover and seal IP 65
Reproducibility
Between ± 1 Pa
6.3 mm
AMP connector 5)
4.8 mm
Pipe ± 6.2 mm
Orifice installed for damping pulsating pressure at P1, P2 (option)
Installation arrangement Please indicate installation arrangement
With several brackets
Mounting
Fastening clip for quick mounting
Tests / Admissions
UL MFHX2/8 or XAAK2/8
DVGW acc. to DIN EN 1854
EC type examination certificate CE-0085AP0974
Low voltage directive 2006/95/EC
Gas appliance directive 2009/142/EC
Weight
Without accessories ~ 60 g
Packaging
300 pieces
Multiple packaging in cardboard
1200 pieces
Adjustable switching differences

Switching difference adjustment only inside
20 - 220 Pa 220 - 400 Pa
shaded area:
Example: Upper switching point 220 pascal.

Switching difference between 14 and 36 pascal.
Switching point above (Pa)
Switching point above (Pa)
Example: Upper switching point 40 pascal.

Switching difference between 9 and 30 pascal.
Example: Upper switching point 20 pascal,

smallest switching difference 8 pascal.
Swtching difference (Pa) Switching difference (Pa)
1)
Higher pressures on request 2)
Higher temperatures on request 3)
Switching differential is factory-set
4)
Fiberglass reinforced plastic 10% GF 5)
According to DIN 46244
1 Feeder (COM)
2 NC contact
3 NO contact
Cover with / without sealing

and PT screw
Contact safety guard with PT srew

Cable exit AMP1 or AMP2
Tolerance of switching point The principle of high contact pressure
Simplified representation of the new DPS 605 contact system. The high contact
pressure results form the optimized length ratios of LC and LD.
Contact pressure (CP)

Diaphragm pressure (DP)
CP = DP ( )
LC
LD
Pivot point
Switching point
upwards LC
LD
LC = Length of contact lever
LM = Length of diaphragm lever
Order number
Cover with seal and PT screw 100306
Cover without seal and PT screw 100307
Cover with PT screw and cable output AMP-1 100297 + 102981 (PT screw)
Cover with PT screw and cable output AMP-2 100298 + 102981 (PT screw)
Thickness of sheet metal 0.8 ... 1.1 mm 100294
Fastening clip
Thickness of sheet metal 1.8 ... 2.1 mm 100293
Fastening clip (with mounting holes) 106790
Mounting plate 106707
Mounting adaptor small 111223
Mounting adaptor large 112985
Fastening clip Fastening clip Bracket type A Bracket type B

(Dimensions in mounted state) (with mounting holes)
Mounting plate Mounting adaptor small Mounting adaptor large
For screw PT40 For screw PT40
Thickness of sheet metal

0.8mm
Nominal loading limits

for AC for DC
1 = ohmic 1 = ohmic
2 = inductive (cosφ 0.7) 2 = inductive
Can also be operated with TTL-load
U (V) U (V)

Pressure range
-1 ... -320 mbar / 1 ... 500 mbar
Type 610 pressure switches are especially suited to the monito- High accuracy (especially the upper
ring of non-flammable gases in general industrial equipment. pressure ranges with 17 ideally designed
pressure range incrementations)
Exemplary accuracy is maintained throughout the high pressure
Ease of accurate adjustment by
range of this switch.
customer
Repeatability of switching points up
to < ±0.1 mbar
Rugged mechanics with high operating
reliability and switching capacities up to
10 A
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative 1 ... 500 mbar
Negative -1 ... -320 mbar
NBR 0 ... +80 ÀC
FPM -10 ... +80 ÀC
Temperature EPDM -10 ... +80 ÀC
Tolerable overload See order code selection table
Lowest turn-on pressure > 1 mbar
Lowest swiching difference > 0.5 mbar
Materials
Case Duroplast
NBR based
EPDM
Diaphragm FPM
Silicone
To base Inox and diaphragm Inox 1.4301, 1.4305, 1.4310, 1.4104
Materials in contact with the medium To base, galvanized sheet steel and Diaphragm Inox 1.4310, brass, aluminium
To base, nickel-plated brass and Diaphragm Inox 1.4301, 1.4310
Brass, nickel plated brass, CuSn, Bakelit
With medium in pressure chamber P2: PF-PH, polyamide and polyacetale, AgCdO,
NBR, galvanized steel
Electrical overview
Nominal voltage 250 VAC
Nominal current for resistive loading 1A 10 A
Nominal current for motor loading 0.5 A 3A
Contact system Changeover contact
Service life mechanically 106 switching cycles
Protection standard
IP 30 IP 65 on request
Repeatability
±5% of the switching point with diaphragm NBR / Silicone minimum ± 0.1 mbar
±10% of the switching point with diaphragm FPM / EPDM minimum ± 0.2 mbar
Screw terminals
Tab connectors (AMP) 6.3 mm
Cable gland PG9 (not part of scope of delivery / see accessories)
Pressure connection
G¼
Pipe ± 6mm and thread
M12x1
Pressure connections downwards
Remark: By changing the mounting position the switching points also change. The adjustment ranges are in relation with the mounting position.
Weight
~ 260 g
Packaging
1 Adjustment of switching difference

2 Adjustment of switching points
3 Connection for differential pressure
4 Diaphragm
5 Switchover contact element
6 Compression spring
7 Pressure or vacuum connection
1 2 3 4 5

Relative 9
Differential 5
Pressure mode
Negative 6
Negative differential 7
p max. pt 2) Switching capacity 250 VAC
1 ... 4 mbar 30 mbar 50 mbar 1A 9,5 0 0
4 ... 30 mbar 70 mbar 100 mbar 1A 9,5 1
8 ... 70 mbar 70 mbar 100 mbar 1 ... 10 A 9,5 2
7 ... 25 mbar 70 mbar 100 mbar 1 ... 10 A 9,5 3
10.5 ... 45 mbar 70 mbar 100 mbar 1 ... 10 A 9,5 4
28.5 ... 120 mbar 350 mbar 500 mbar 1 ... 10 A 9,5 5
30 ... 160 mbar 350 mbar 500 mbar 1 ... 10 A 9,5 6
50 ... 300 mbar 600 mbar 1000 mbar 1 ... 10 A 9,5 7
Pressure range 1)
65 ... 500 mbar 600 mbar 1000 mbar 1 ... 10 A 9,5 8
-1 ... -2 mbar -30 mbar -50 mbar 1A 6 0 0

-2 ... -7.5 mbar -30 mbar -50 mbar 1A 6 1
-4.8 ... -11.5 mbar -70 mbar -100 mbar 6A 6,7 2
-8 ... -20 mbar -70 mbar -100 mbar 6A 6,7 3
-18 ... -47 mbar -350 mbar -500 mbar 6A 6,7 4
-42 ... -80 mbar -350 mbar -500 mbar 6A 6,7 5
-80 ... -200 mbar -600 mbar -1000 mbar 6A 6,7 6
-180 ... -320 mbar -600 mbar -1000 mbar 6A 6,7 7
G¼ Galvanized sheet steel 2
G¼ Inox sheet steel 3
Pressure connection / G¼ Nickel plated brass 4
Hose connection Œ 6 mm and
pressure case M12x1 Inox sheet steel 5
M12x1 Galvanized sheet steel 6
M12x1 Nickel plated brass 7
NBR based 0
FPM 2
Diaphragm material
EPDM 4
Q (Silicone) 6
Two factory set switching points (please specify on order e.g.: W10/8mbar) W
Switching points
One factory set switching point high (please specify on order e.g.: U25mbar) R
(optional)
One factory set switching point low (please specify on order e.g.: R50mbar) U
Accessories 3)
Order number
Mounting bracket with hole ± 12.5 mm for M12x1 104259
Mounting bracket with hole ± 14 mm for G ¼ 102872
Connector set (Tab connectors AMP) 103479
Cable gland PG9 103559
Calibration Certificate 104551
± 12.5 / ± 14
1)
pt = test pressure 3)
1 Feeder (COM)
2 NC contact
3 NO contact
M12x1 or G ¼
Setting ranges
7...25 mbar
Relative pressure switch

type 620/625
Pressure range
-4 ... -900 mbar / 2 ... 6000 mbar
Type 620 and 625 pressure switches, with 13 pressure ranges, High accuracy by 13 ideally designed
are suitable for liquids and gases. Body materials are available in pressure range increments
plastic, brass and aluminium, with a choice of NBR, FPM, EPDM
Switching differences adjustable
and silicone diaphragms.
Very high precision through finely tuned measurement stages High long term stability with
and high long term stability. Rugged design and especially suit- reproducibility of switching points up to
able for use in general industrial equipment < ± 0.3 mbar
construction, process technology and food automation. Customer specific switching points
adjustable in factory
Rugged industrial switch with excellent
Price / performance ratio
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative 2 ... 6000 mbar
Negative -4 ... -900 mbar
Medium Liquids and nuetral gases
NBR based 0 ... +80 ÀC
FPM -10 ... +80 ÀC
EPDM -10 ... +80 ÀC
Temperature
Ambient +65 ÀC
Tolerable overload See order code selection table
Lowest turn-on pressure 2 mbar
Lowest swiching difference 1 mbar
Materials
Case Fibreglass reinforced plastic
NBR based
EPDM
Diaphragm FPM
Silicone
Materials in contact with the medium Base type 620 ABS or PA
Base type 625 Aluminium, nickel plated brass
X 5 CrNi 18-10, 1.4301
Other components
Polyacetate (only at negative)
Electrical overview
Nominal voltage 250 VAC
Nominal current for resistive loading 1A 6A
Nominal current for motor loading 0.5 A 3A
Service life Mechanically 106 switching cycle 1)
Protection standard
Without cover IP 00
With cover 2) IP 54
Repeatability
±5% of the switching point With diaphragm NBR based / Silicone minimum ±0.3 mbar
±10% of the switching point With diaphragm FPM / EPDM minimum ±0.6 mbar
Screw terminals (Option)
Cable gland PG 11 with cover
Inside / outside thread M5 / M12x1
Type 620
Connection pipe / thread ± 6 mm / M12x1
Type 625 Thread with counternut M12x1 (CuZ nickel plated), G ⅛, G ¼
For switching points calibrated in the factory Indicate installation arrangement.
Weight
Type 620 ~ 70 g
with aluminium base ~ 100 g
Type 625
with base brass ~ 200 g
Packaging
1 Switching point setting

2 AMP tab connectors
3 Switching difference setting
4 Compression spring
5 Changeover contact
6 Contact element
7 Diaphragm
1)
The permitted switching difference has to be respected 2)
For installation arrangement electrical connections upward
1 2 3 4 5

2 ... 8 mbar 30 mbar 50 mbar 1A 9 1
6 ... 75 mbar 300 mbar 500 mbar 1A 9 2
Pressure range 1)
12.5 ... 80 mbar 300 mbar 500 mbar 6A 9 3
12.5 ... 200 mbar 300 mbar 500 mbar 1A 9 4
25 ... 220 mbar 300 mbar 500 mbar 6A 9 5
ABS ... +70 ÀC 0
Hose connection ± 6 mm and M12x1
Pressure connection / PA 66 ... +80 ÀC 1
pressure case ABS ... +70 ÀC 2
Inside thread M5 and M12x1
PA 66 ... +80 ÀC 3
NBR based 0
FPM 2
Diaphragm material
EPDM 4
Q (Silicone) 6
Switching points (optional) One factory set switching point high (please specify on order) R
1 2 3 4 5

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Negative 6
2 ... 8 mbar 30 mbar 50 mbar 1A 9 0
6 ... 75 mbar 300 mbar 500 mbar 1A 9 1
12.5 ... 80 mbar 300 mbar 500 mbar 6A 9 2
12.5 ... 200 mbar 300 mbar 500 mbar 1A 9 3
25 ... 220 mbar 300 mbar 500 mbar 6A 9 4
80 ... 2000 mbar 6000 mbar 10000 mbar 1A 9 5
Pressure range 1) 120 ... 2200 mbar 6000 mbar 10000 mbar 6A 9 6
1000 ... 6000 mbar 6800 mbar 10000 mbar 6A 9 7
-4 ... -30 mbar -50 mbar -100 mbar 1A 6 1

-15 ... -80 mbar -300 mbar -500 mbar 1A 6 2
-30 ... -150 mbar -300 mbar -500 mbar 6A 6 3
-50 ... -600 mbar -1000 mbar -1000 mbar 6A 6 4
-100 ... -900 mbar -1000 mbar -1000 mbar 6A 6 5
Aluminium 1
G⅛
Brass B
Pressure connection / M12x1 Aluminium 2
pressure case Brass 3
G¼ Aluminium 4
Nickel plated brass 5øm A
NBR based 0
FPM 2
Diaphragm material
EPDM 4
Q (Silicone) 6
Switching points (optional) One factory set switching point high (please specify on order) R
Accessories 3)
Order number
Cover of PG11 on the side 105836
Mounting bracket with hole ± 12.5 mm for M12 104259
Mounting bracket with hole ± 14 mm for G ¼ 102872
Connector set (Tab connectors AMP) 103479
Screw clamps set 103491
1)
pt = test pressure 3)
L
X
X L
G¼ 16
G⅛ 16
M12X1 14
1 Feeder (COM) For vacuum:

2 NC contact 3 - NC contact
3 NO contact
Setting ranges
2 ... 8 mbar 6 ... 75 mbar 12.5 ... 80 mbar 12.5 ... 200 mbar 25 ... 220 mbar
A A A A A
B B B B B
80 ... 2000 mbar 120 ... 2200 mbar 1000 ... 6000 mbar 4 ... 30 mbar 15 ... 80 mbar
A A A A A
B B B B B
30 ... 150 mbar 50 ... 600 mbar 100 ... 900 mbar
A A A
B B B
A Upper switching point (mbar)
B Distance between contacts

Pressure range
6 ... 5500 mbar
Differential pressure, vacuum and overpressure switches of High overpressure safety margin at both
type series 630 are suitable for monitoring neutral and slightly connections (P1 + P2) up to 10/20 bar
aggressive liquids and gases. Switching element isolated from
Funcionally simple, rugged mechanics
medium.
with high operating reliability
Ideal for use as flow monitor in sanitary piping/ heating instal-
lations or for level monitoring in general in process technology Also for slightly aggressive liquids and
applications. Extremely rugged construction with high functio- gases
nality due to10/20 bar safety margin in both pressure chambres. Repeatability up to < ± 0.4 mbar
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative und differential 6 ... 5500 mbar
NBR-based 0 ... +80 ÀC
FPM -10 ... +80 ÀC
EPDM -10 ... +80 ÀC
Temperature
Ambient +65 ÀC
Pressure range < 200 mbar 10 bar
Tolerable overload (P1 > P2)
Pressure range > 200 mbar 20 bar
Lowest turn-on pressure > 6 mbar
Smallest switching difference > 3 mbar

NBR based
EPDM
Diaphragm FPM
Silicone
Anodized aluminium
Case Brass
Brass chemically nickel plated
X14CrMoS17 1.4104
X5CrNi18-10 1.4301
Other components X10CrNi18-8 1.4310
Steel category A2 for screws
Polyacetate-C, Polyamide
Contact material / Loading

Nominal voltage, type of current 250 VAC
Nominal current for resistive loading 1A
Nominal current for motor loading 0.5 A
Service life Mechanically 106 switching cycles 1)
Protection standard
Without cover IP 00
With cover (PG11) 2) IP 54
With cover (PG9) 3) IP 65
Repeatability
±5% of the switching point with diaphragm NBR-based / silicone minimum ±0.4 mbar
±10% of the switching point with diaphragm FPM / EPDM minimum ±0.8 mbar
Screw terminals (Option)
Cable gland PG9 / PG11 with cover
Thread G⅛
Straight screwed connection Zinc plated steel with NBR seal for pipe (± 6 mm) G⅛
Screwed Socket CuZn nickel plated for tube (± 6 mm) G⅛
For switching points calibrated in the factory Indicate installation arrangement
In case of liquid media Connections down
Weight
With aluminium base ~ 380 g
With base brass / nickel-plated brass ~ 1000 g
Packaging
1 Pressure case
2 Diaphragm
3 Vent
4 Permanent magnet
P1 Higher pressure / lower vacuum
P2 Lower pressure / higher vacuum
1)
Admissible switching difference has to be concidered 2)
For installation arrangement electrical connections upward 3)
With O-Ring
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

6 ... 20 mbar 9 1
15 ... 60 mbar 9 2
40 ... 200 mbar 9 3
Presssure range 1)
150 ... 1000 mbar 9 4
1 ... 3 bar 9 5
2 ... 5.5 bar 9 6
Contact material AgCdO 0
Anodized aluminium, black 0
Brass 1
Nickelplated brass 2
Anodized aluminium, black with straight screwed connection G1/8 for pipe Œ 6 mm 3
Pressure case Brass with straight screwed connection G1/8 for pipe Œ 6 mm 4
Nickel plated brass with straight screwed connection G1/8 for pipe Œ 6 mm 5
Anodized aluminium, black with screwed socket G⅛ for tube Œ 6 mm 6
Brass with screwed socket G⅛ for tube Œ 6 mm 7
Nickel-plated brass with screwed socket G⅛ for tube Œ 6 mm 8
NBR 0
FPM 1
Diaphragm material
EPDM 2
Q (silicone) 3
without bracket 0
Without cover with bracket type A 1
with bracket type B 2
without bracket 3
Cover PG9 on side / Bracket With cover (plastic) (Fig.1) (PG11) with bracket type A 4
without bracket 6
With spec. cover (Fig.2) (PG9) with bracket type A 7
Two factory set switching points (please specify on order e.g.: W10/8mbar) W
Switching points
One factory set switching point high (please specify on order e.g.: R25mbar) R
(optional)
One factory set switching point low (please specify on order e.g.: U100mbar) U
Setting ranges
6 ... 20 mbar 15 ... 60 mbar 40 ... 200 mbar
Δp (mbar) Δp (mbar) Δp (mbar)
150 ... 1000 mbar 1000 ... 3000 mbar (1... 3 bar) 2000 ... 5500 mbar (2 ... 5.5 bar)
Δp (mbar) Δp (mbar) Δp (mbar)
1)
Other pressure range on request
1 Feeder (COM)
2 NO contact
3 NC contact
P1
P2
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Type A Type B
Straight screwed connector G ⅛ Screwed Socket G ⅛
Sealing NBR

measuring cell 509
Pressure range
0 ... 2.5 250 bar
Type 509 pressure measuring cells are based on ceramic tech- Negligible temperature influence on
nology developed by Huba Control, and used for the last 15 accuracy
years in millions of applications.
No customer specific adjustment of
Due to the robust design of the ceramic cell there are no
zero point and temperature
significant changes in the sensor characteristics when mounted
compensation necessary
by the customer.The pressure measuring cells are delivered
either factory set or with TK zero point adjustment. You can Easy mounting
choose between various versions including temperature mea- Overload secure up to rupture pressure
surement.
Technical Overview
Pressure range
FPM -15 ... +125 ÀC
NBR -25 ... +85 ÀC
Temperature FPM spec. -30 ... +150 ÀC
Storage -40 ... +130 ÀC
in packaging -40 ... +65 ÀC
max. ± 0.2% fs/10K with TC adjustment
Zero point
Temperature influences in range -30 ... +125 ÀC max. ± 1% fs/10K without TC adjustment
Span -0.12 ±0.1% fs/10K
< 4 bar 3 x fs
Overload / Rupture pressure 1)
> 6 bar 2.5 x fs
Humidity protection AHT, 20 days acc. DIN EN ISO 6270-2
Material in contact with the medium

Sealing material FPM, NBR, FPM spec.
Electrical data
Bridge impedance 10 kOhm ±20%
ESD-handling Necessary
Electromagnetic compatibility The product is designed exclusively forinstallation in equipment. The customer is responsible for CE conformity.
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Electrical connector
Bondpads (AgPd) RAST 1.27
Length 66 mm
Flexible connector RAST 2.54
Length 28 mm
Length 9 mm
Pin connector
Length 13 mm
Length 9 mm
Pin connector with temperature measuring (NTC 10kOhm ± 3%, ß = 3800 K ± 3%)
Length 13 mm
Assembly / housing
According to recommendation of Huba Control with special assembly instructions
Weight
~5g
Packaging (multiple)
Cells with bondpads / Pin connector in covering box 5 Blister (96 pcs.) 480 pcs.
Cells with flexible connector in covering box 5 Blister (80 pcs.) 400 pcs.
Accuracy
Parameter Unit
Zero point mV / V 0.2 ± 0.2
Span at nominal pressure mV / V 2.5 ± 1.5
Resolution % fs 0.1
Linearity (BFSC) max. % fs ± 0.3
Hysteresis and repeatability max. % fs ± 0.2
1)
Higher overload / higher rupture pressure on request
1 2 3 4 5

axial sealed 9
Relative pressure
radial sealed R
0 ... 2.5 bar 1 4
0 ... 4 bar 1 5
0 ... 6 bar 1 7
0 ... 10 bar 3 0
0 ... 16 bar 3 1
0 ... 25 bar 3 2
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 40 bar 3 3
0 ... 60 bar 4 0
0 ... 100 bar 9 4 1
0 ... 160 bar 9 4 2
0 ... 250 bar 9 4 3
Factory adjusted only zero point and TC 2) zero point 1
Adjustment
Factory adjusted only zero point 2
Bondpads 1 G
Length: 28mm 1 K
Flex connection
Length: 66mm 1 L
Electrical connection Length: 9mm 2 M
Pin connection
Length: 13mm 2 N
Length: 9mm 2 O
Pin connection with temperature measuring
Length: 13mm 2 P
Accessories 3)
Order number
O-ring FPM < 60 bar 105598
O-ring NBR < 60 bar 105145
O-ring FPM spec. < 60 bar 109338
O-ring FPM > 100 bar 105285
O-ring NBR > 100 bar 104952
O-ring FPM spec. > 100 bar 102321
Back-up ring teflon > 100 bar 114660
Clam screw M20x1 112151
Screw insert for clamp screw 112187
Clamp screw Screw insert
Recommended groove dimensions for o-ring ± 10 x 1.5
Mounting axial seal at front of unit Mounting axial sealedat back of unit Mounting radial seal
1)
Dimensions in mm / Elecrtical connections

Flex connection Bondpads
Prevent repeated
Flex connection bending
Pin connection 4 Pins
Pin connection 5 Pins with temperature measuring
without NTC with NTC
17&

pressure measuring cell type 513
Pressure range
-1 ... 0 600 bar
Type 513 pressure measuring cells have an adjusted, amplified Integrated amplifier electronics
sensor signal. They are especially suitable for high volume OEM
No customer specific adjustment
applications.
necessary
The unique integrated electronics allow installation without the Excellent EMC capacity by reinforcement
need for temperature and pressure adjustment by the customer. on measuring cell
Easy and quick fitting
accuracy
Technical overview
Pressure range 1)
FPM -15 ... +125 ÀC
NBR -25 ... +85 ÀC
Temperature FPM spec. -30 ... +150 ÀC
Storage -40 ... +130 ÀC
in packaging -40 ... +65 ÀC
TC-zero point 2) max. ± 0.15% fs/10K
Temperature influences at range -30 ... +125 ÀC
TC-full scale 2) max. ± 0.15% fs/10K
< 4 bar 3 x fs
Overload / rupture pressure 3) > 4 bar 2.5 x fs
> 60 bar 2.0 x fs
Humidity protection (optional) KFW, 20 days acc. DIN 50017

Measuring cell Ceramic Al2O3 (96%)
Sealing material FPM, NBR, FPM spec.
Electrical overview
with full scale adjustment ratiom. 10 ... 90%
Output
without full scale adjustment ratiom. 10 ... 60% ±1.2 V
Power supply 5 VDC ±5%
Load > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF
Current consumption At nominal pressure without load < 4 mA
ESD-handling Necessary
The product ist designed exclusively for installation in equipment which complies with EU directives.
Electromagnetic compatibility
The customer is responsible for CE conformity.
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Connector RAST 1.27
Flex connection RAST 2.54
According to recommendation of Huba Control with special assembly instructions
Weight
~5g
Packaging (multi packaging)

With connector in covering box 5 Blisters 96 pcs each (= 480 pcs)
With flex connection in covering box 5 Blisters 80 pcs each (= 400 pcs)
Accuracy
Parameter Unit
Tolerance zero point with full scale adjustment % fs ± 0.5
Tolerance full scale with full scale adjustment % fs ± 0.5
Tolerance zero point without full scale adjustment V 0.5 ± 0.02
Tolerance full scale without full scale adjustment V 3.0 ± 1.2
Resolution % fs 0.1
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability max. % fs ± 0.3
Barometric sensor max. % fs/10K ± 0.5
1)
Higher overload / higher rupture pressure on request
1 2 3 4 5 6
Order code selection table 513. X X X X X X

Relative 9
Pressure mode
Absolute (< 60 bar) 8
-1 ... 0 bar 9 0 0
0.8 ... 1.4 bar barometric sensor 8 1 0
0 ... 1 bar 1 1
0 ... 1.6 bar 1 2
0 ... 2.5 bar 1 4
0 ... 4 bar 1 5
0 ... 6 bar 1 7
0 ... 10 bar 3 0
0 ... 16 bar 3 1
Pressure range
0 ... 25 bar 3 2
0 ... 40 bar 9 3 3
0 ... 60 bar 9 4 0
0 ... 100 bar 9 4 1
0 ... 160 bar 9 4 2
0 ... 250 bar 9 4 3
0 ... 400 bar 9 5 4
0 ... 600 bar 9 5 5
Adjustment only zero point and full scale 0
(Factory adjusted) only zero point 9 1
with connector without humidity protection 0 4
with connector with humidity protection 0 F
ratiom. 10 ... 90%
with flexible connector without humidity protection 0 H
with flexible connector with humidity protection 0 J
with connector without humidity protection 9 1 8
with connector with humidity protection 9 1 G
ratiom. 10 ... 60% ±1.2 V
with flexible connector without humidity protection 9 1 I
with flexible connector with humidity protection 9 1 K
(optional) Indicate W and state range on order (e.g.: W0... + 5bar/OUT1...3.5V) 0 W
Order number
O-ring FPM < 60 bar 105598
O-ring NBR < 60 bar 105145
O-ring FPM spec. < 60 bar 109338
O-ring FPM > 100 bar 105285
O-ring NBR > 100 bar 104952
O-ring FPM spec. > 100 bar 102321
Backup-ring > 100 bar 114660
Positioning ring (PPS) < 160 bar 107397
Positioning ring without cam (PPS) < 160 bar 107926
Positioning ring (metal) > 160 bar 107383
Connection print (connector couterpart) 109225
Clamping Screw M20x1 112151
Screw insert for Clamping Screw 112187
Positioning ring Connection print Clamping Screw Screw insert

Stranded
conductor
(customer side)
available with or
without Positioning
cam

Connection with connector Connetions with flex cable
Flex
~ connection
Prevent repeated
bending
absolute 7.03 ± 0.1
relative 6.35 ± 0.05
absolute 13,68
relative 13
minimum bending radius R2
absolute 7.03 ± 0.1

relative 6.35 ± 00.5
Tin plated
Support only for range > ± 15.7 admissible
OEM Absolute pressure measuring

cell type 513 barometric sensor
Pressure range
0.8 ... 1.4 bar
This pressure measuring cell, barometric adjusted with protec- Integrated amplifier electronics
tion case is suitable for plug mounting on PCB. The output signal
No customer specific adjustment
is linear, temperature compensated and amplified. The robust
necessary
construction guarantees a long term stable measuring result.
Excellent EMC capacity by
reinforcement on measuring cell
Easy and quick fitting
Plastic case for direct mounting
Technical overview Order number 513.B1024

Pressure range
Absolute 0.8 ... 1.4 bar
Temperature Storage without packaging -40 ... +130 ÀC
Storage in packaging -40 ... +65 ÀC
TC-zero point 1) max. ±0.15% fs/10K
Temperature influences at range -30 ... +125 ÀC
TC-full scale 1) max. ±0.15% fs/10K
Overload / rupture pressure 3 x fs

Measuring cell Ceramic Al2O3 (96%)
Case PC (Polycarbonat)
Electrical overview
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC ±5% > 10 kOhm / < 100 nF < 4 mA
Adjustment Factory adjustment zero point and full scale
The product is designed exclusively for installation in equipment which complies with EU directives.
Electromagnetic compatibility
The customer is responsible for CE conformity.
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 100 Hz
Connector RAST 1.27
Unrestricted
Weight
7g
Packaging (multi packaging)

In covering box 4 Blisters 35 pcs each 140 pcs
Accuracy
Parameter Unit
Tolerance zero point with full scale adjustment % fs ± 0.5
Tolerance full scale without full scale adjustment % fs ± 0.5
Resolution % fs 0.1
Total of linearity,
10 - 11 - 007
Drilling plan print: Assembling material for socket
2x2 pin
supplier: Leonhardy GmbH
Article Number: 57-C63.020021
2 GND 1 GND
4 OUT 3 IN
1)
Flow sensors
OEM Flow sensor type 200

for liquid media
Flow range
0.5 ... 150 l/min
Nominal diameters
DN 6 / 8 / 10 / 15 / 20 / 25
Temperature measurement
-40 ... +125 ÀC
The flow sensor type 200 is based on the Kármán vortex trail. Low cost product with high levels of
Vortex trail principle and is available in various options with accuracy
and without temperature measurement. With no moving
Temperature non-sensitive measuring
parts the flow sensor is not sensitive to debris, has marginal
principle
pressure loss and high accuracy.
Excellent media resistance (measuring
element not in contact with the media)
Wide application temperature range
Marginal loss of pressure
Measuring element not sensitive to
debris
Direct temperature measurement in
the medium with PT1000 or NTC
Drinking water approval
KTW, W270, WRAS, ACS
Flow sensors
Technical overview
Flow measurement
Measuring principle Vortex Piezoelectric sensor element
Measuring range 0.5 ... 150 l/min
Nominal diameters DN 6 / 8 / 10 / 15 / 20 / 25
Accuracy at < 50% fs (water) < 1% fs
Accuracy at > 50% fs (water) < 2% measuring value
Immediately Signal delay < 100 ms
Response time
Therefore suitable for spigot use. Response time < 5 ms
Temperature measurement (> DN 8)

PT1000
Measuring principle Resistance
NTC
Measuring range -40 ... +125 ÀC
PT1000 @ T = 0 ÀC ± 0.3 K
Accuracy Class B DIN EN 60751
@ T ≠ 0 ÀC ± 0.3 K ± 0.005 * T
@ T = +25 ÀC ± 0.7 K
NTC NTC 10 kOhm @ 25 ÀC @ T < +25 ÀC ± 0.7 K ± 0.025 * T
Accuracy
β = 4050 @ T > +25 ÀC ± 0.7 K ± 0.050 * T
Self-heating at temperature sensor 1 K/mW
Temperature influences
Conduction resistance to connector 0.8 Ohm
Suitable for heating circuit water with the usual additives
Medium Other medium on request
Drinking water
Media < +125 ÀC
(for lifetime) 12 bar at +40 ÀC
Max pressure and
(for 600 hours) 4 bar at +125 ÀC
medium temperature
(max. test pressure) 18 bar at +40 ÀC
Cavitation The following equation is valid to prevent cavitation: Pabs_oulet / Pdifference > 5.5
Materials in contact with medium (FDA-conform)

Sensor paddle ETFE
Case with damming body PA6T/6I (40% GF)
FPM
Sealing material
EPDM (perox.)
Electrical overview
Power supply UIN 5 VDC ±5%
Output flow (Q) Frequency Square pulse signal UOUT_Q_Frequency < 0.1 ... > 4.75 V
ROUT PT1000 PT1000 class B DIN EN 60751
Output temperature (T) Resistant signal ROUT NTC NTC 10 kOhm @ 25 ÀC; β = 4050
Connector RAST 2.5 / 2.54 IP 20
Electrical connection and protection class
Connector M12x1 IP 65
Load against GND or IN > 10 kOhm / < 10 nF
standard < 6 mA
Current consumption IIN load free
raised noise resistant < 10 mA
Weight
DN 6 / 8 ~ 47 g
DN 10 ~ 57 g
DN 15 ~ 68 g
DN 20 ~ 92 g
DN 25 ~ 100 g
Test / Admissions
Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61326-2-3 (no protection at surge)
WRAS
Drinking water approval Plastic parts with KTW and W270 approval
ACS
Packaging (multiple packaging) Connection copper tube Outside thread K Outside thread G
DN 6 Blister 30x Blister 30x
DN 8 / 10 Blister 30x Blister 30x Blister 30x
DN 15 Blister 30x Blister 30x Blister 20x
DN25 Blister 15x Blister 15x
Minimum life span on high flow rate and high temperature
135
130
125
120
115
110
22 hours
Std
Temperature in ÀC
Temperatur in °C
105
100 10 Std
10 hours
95 100 hours
100 Std
90 0.1 year
0.1 Jahr
85 11 year
Jahr
80 10 year
10 Jahre
75
70
65
60
55
50
40 60 80 100 120 140
Flowinin%%
Durchfluss
Flow sensors
Nominal diameters dependent variables
Nominal Quantity per pulse Kf

Tube connection Measuring range Flow rate Frequency range Q0 Pressure drop 1), 2)
diameters @ 50% fs
K
DN 6 0.5 ... 10 l/min 0.386 ml 0.074 ... 1.474 m/s 27 ... 426 Hz -0.14 0.0238 240 * Q2
G
K 0.638 ml 30 ... 384 Hz 0.0398
DN 8 G 0.9 ... 15 l/min 0.631 ml 0.133 ... 2.210 m/s 30 ... 388 Hz -0.3 0.0394 85.00 * Q2
N 0.614 ml 31 ... 399 Hz 0.0383
K 1.399 ml 24 ... 379 Hz 0.0850
DN 10 G 1.8 ... 32 l/min 1.370 ml 0.265 ... 4.716 m/s 24 ... 387 Hz -0.2 0.0832 22.50 * Q2
N 1.384 ml 24 ... 383 Hz 0.0841
K 1.403 ml 26 ... 473 Hz 0.0850
DN 10 G 2.0 ... 40 l/min 1.373 ml 0.295 ... 5.895 m/s 26 ... 483 Hz -0.2 0.0832 22.50 * Q2
N 1.388 ml 26 ... 478 Hz 0.0841
K 3.047 ml 20 ... 272 Hz 0.1843
DN 15 G 3.5 ... 50 l/min 3.016 ml 0.290 ... 4.145 m/s 20 ... 275 Hz -0.2 0.1824 6.70* Q2
N 3.077 ml 20 ... 270 Hz 0.1861
K 6.213 ml 14 ... 227 Hz 0.3757
DN 20 G 5.0 ... 85 l/min 6.125 ml 0.265 ... 4.509 m/s 14 ... 230 Hz -0.3 0.3701 2.50 * Q2
N 6.208 ml 14 ... 227 Hz 0.3751
K 12.412 ml 12 ... 201 Hz 0.7467

DN 25 9.0 ... 150 l/min 0.283 ... 4.709 m/s -0.2 0.92 * Q2
G 12.251 ml 12 ... 204 Hz 0.7370
Characteristic line formula frequency output Legend

QV = Kf * ” + Q0 QV Volume flow rate [l/min]
Q0 Axis intercept [l/min]
Kf Coefficient frequency output [(l/min) / ”]
Formula quantity per pulse [litres/pulse]
” Frequency [Hz]
quantity Q * Kf
= V quantity litres
pulse 60 * (QV - Q0) Quantity per pulse
pulse pulse
(Influence of viscosity for media other than water - see page 8)
1)
incl. 3xDi inlet and outlet side 2)
Pv in Pa; Q in l/min
Flow sensors
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Flow 9
Version Flow and temperature (PT1000) 8 1
Flow and temperature (NTC) 7 1
DN 6 0.5 ... 10 l/min. 9 0 6 1 K,G
DN 8 0.9 ... 15 l/min. 0 8 1
DN 10 1.8 ... 32 l/min. 1 0
Nominal diameters /
DN 10 2.0 ... 40 l/min. 1 1
flow range
DN 15 3.5 ... 50 l/min. 1 5
DN 20 5.0 ... 85 l/min. 2 0
DN 25 9.0 ... 150 l/min. 2 5 K,G
Frequency output, 0 ... 5 VDC (Square pulse signal) 5 VDC standard 9 0
Frequency output, 0 ... 5 VDC (Square pulse signal) 5 VDC raised noise resistant 1
3-pole connector RAST 2.5 9 0
2x3-pole connector RAST 2.5 7,8 1 1
3-pole connector RAST 2.5 (condensation protection) 9 2
2x3-pole connector RAST 2.5 (condensation protection) 7,8 1 3
3-pole circular connector M12x1 (condensation protection) 9 1 4
5-pole circular connector M12x1 (condensation protection) 7,8 1 5
EPDM Ethylene propylene rubber (peroxidically cross-linked) 1
Sealing material
FPM 1) Fluoro elastomer 2
connection copper tube (max. DN 20) N
Tube connection Plastic PA6T/6I outside thread K (see dimension diagram) K
outside thread G (see dimension diagram) G
Accessories 2)
Order number
Connection kit 3) DN 8, 10 with copper tube 113775
Connection kit 3) DN 8, 10 with adapter Rp ⅜ Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 113776
Connection kit 3) DN 15 with copper tube 113777
Connection kit 3) DN 15 with adapter Rp ½ Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 113778
Connection kit 3) DN 20 with adapter Rp ¾ Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 113780
Connector RAST 2.5 with cable 3-pole 30 cm 111668
Connector RAST 2.54 with cable 2x3 pole 110 cm (with temperature) 114629
Straight-wire box for connector M12x1 with cable 5-pole 200 cm (with temperature) 114564
Corner-wire box for connector M12x1 with cable 5-pole 200 cm (with temperature) 114563
Straight-wire box for connector M12x1 screwing terminal 5-pole 115024
Clip for DN 8,10 112116
Clip for DN 15 110941
O-Ring for DN 8, DN 10 EPDM Œ 13.95 x 2.62 Copper tube and adapter 112124
O-Ring for DN 15 EPDM Œ 17.86 x 2.62 Copper tube and adapter 112265
O-Ring for DN 25 EPDM Œ 31 x 3 (as a replacement, already assembled) 112792
Connection copper tube for DN 8, 10 L=150 mm 112121
Connection copper tube for DN 15 L=150 mm 112211
Adapter for DN 8 und DN 10 Rp ⅜ Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 112655
Adapter for DN 15 Rp ½ Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 112660
Adapter for DN 20 Rp ¾ Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 112661
AMP connector 4) Manufacturers order number Colour for flexible wire

3-829868-3 grey 7 x 0.20 mm = 0.22 mm2
12 x 0.20 mm = 0.35 mm 2
1-966194-3 beige 7 x 0.25 mm = 0.35 mm2
1)
No drinking water approval 2)
3)
Connection set includes: 2x Clip, 2x Copper tube or Adapter and 2x O-Ring 4)
To order seperately directly from the manufacturer. Find further information in the manufacturers specification no. 114 18049
Flow sensors
Dimension diagram DN 8, 10, 15, 20
1a 5a
2a
3a
4a
1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a
DN8 29.5 59.0 32.9 72 30.2 28.9
DN10 32.5 57.3 32.9 77 30.2 28.9
6a
DN15 32.5 62.4 39.0 82 30.2 33.0
DN20 39.3 66.3 43.0 105 30.2 37.4
Dimension diagram DN 6, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25
1d
6d
2d
3d 3d
4d
1d 2d 3d 4d 5d 6d
DN6 K 43.7 53.0 G½ 77 11.5 12
DN6 G 48.2 55.7 G¾ 86 11.5 12
DN8 K 43.7 53.0 G½ 77 11.5 12
DN8 G 48.2 55.7 G¾ 86 11.5 12
5d
DN10 K 35.0 51.3 G½ 81 11.5 19
DN10 G 39.5 54.1 G¾ 90 11.5 19
DN15 K 36.6 56.1 G¾ 87 16 22
DN15 G 41.6 59.5 G1 97 16 22
DN20 K 36.6 61.5 G1 105 20 27
DN20 G 42.6 65.8 G 1¼ 117 20 27
DN25 K 50.0 68.3 G 1¼ 120 26 34
DN25 G 56.0 71.3 G 1½ 132 26 34
Flow sensors
Admissible locking torque
DN6/8/10 DN6/8/10 DN15 DN15 DN20 DN20 DN25 DN25

G½ G¾ G¾ G1 G1 G1 ¼ G1 ¼ G1 ½
Mmin [Nm] 1 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5
Mmax [Nm] 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15
Accessories DN 8, 10, 15, 20

adapter 1.4305 clip
1c
inside thread
2c
3c 7c
o-ring
to adapter 4c
6c 5c 8c
9c
1c 2c 3c 4c 5c 6c 7c 8c 9c
Rp ⅜ EN 10226
DN8 22 14.0 29 57.65 44.65 24.5 6.00 30.8
lenght min. 9
Rp ⅜ EN 10226
DN10 22 14.0 29 59.65 47.55 24.5 6.00 30.8
lenght min. 9
Rp ½ EN 10226
DN15 24 16.4 32 67.05 50.05 28.0 7.30 34.5
length min. 11.5
Rp ¾ EN 10226
DN20 30 18.5 38 82.25 58.85 28.0 8.00 34.5
lenght min. 13
Geometry of customers connection tube DN 8, 10, 15, 20
o-ring clip
1b
6b 5b 4b
bevelled edge
min. 0.1
7b
2b
3b 8b
9b
1b 2b 3b 4b 5b 6b 7b 8b 9b
DN8 Œ 13.95x2.62 2 ± 0.2 8.9 ± 0.2 Œ 13 ± 0.2 Œ 15.00 ± 0.08 Œ 18.88 ± 0.1 24.5 6.00 30.8
DN10 Œ 13.95x2.62 2 ± 0.2 8.9 ± 0.2 Œ 13 ±0.2 Œ 15.00 ± 0.08 Œ 18.88 ± 0.1 24.5 6.00 30.8
DN15 + 0.08
Œ 17.86x2.62 2 ± 0.2 8.9 ± 0.3 Œ 16 ± 0.2 Œ 18.00 Œ 21.85 ± 0.1 28.0 7.30 34.5
- 0.06
DN20 + 0.08
Œ 21.89x2.62 2 ± 0.2 12.9 ± 0.3 Œ 20 ± 0.2 Œ 22.00 Œ 25.85 ± 0.1 28.0 8.00 34.5
- 0.06
Flow sensors
Tube mounting instructions
Consider the following to ensure the correct function of the sensor.
Only diameter changes from large to small are allowed.
Avoid repeated elbows in the same level at entryside
minimum 5xDN
for alternative elbows
minimum 0.5xDN
for recommended 90À
elbow with min. R 1.8xDN
IN GND
+
IN
OUT Hz 1 4 1 Hz
GND 3
OUT
GND OUT IN
RAST 2.5 without temperature output Connector M12x1 without temperature output
+
IN
OUT
OUT Hz
GND T2
GND
GND
T1
Ω
T2 GND T1
IN
Connector 2x3-poles with temperature output
IN GND
1 4 2 Hz Pin Colour
5 1 brown
2 3 3 1 blue
OUT 4 black
T2 T1
1 brown
2 white
Ω 3 2 blue
4 black
5 gray
Connector M12x1 with temperature output
Flow sensors
Flow sensor type 210

for liquid media
Flow range
0.5 ... 150 l/min
Nominal diameters
DN 6 / 8 / 10 / 15 / 20 / 25
-40 ... +125 ÀC
In comparison to the OEM flow sensor (type 200), the type Flow measuring with voltage, current
210 is available with an increased range of power supply and or frequency output
output signals all with and without temperature measurement.
With no moving parts the flow sensor is not sensitive to debris,
principle
has marginal pressure loss and high accuracy.
Excellent media resistance (measuring
CE conformity
Measuring element not sensitive to debris
Direct temperature measurement in the medium
Flow sensors
Technical overview
Flow measurement
Nominal diameters DN 6 / 8 / 10 / 15 / 20 / 25
Therefore suitable for spigot use. Frequency output Response time < 5 ms
Response time
Signal delay < 2s
Analogue output Response time < 500 ms
Temperature measurement (> 8 DN)

Measuring principle Resistance PT1000
PT1000 @ T = 0 ÀC ± 0.3 K
Accuracy class B DIN EN 60751 @ T ≠ 0 ÀC ± 0.3 K ± 0.005 * T
Accuracy ± 0.5 K ± 0.005 * T
0 ... 10 V T (ÀC) = +150 ÀC
Calculation temperature 10 V * UOUT_T - 25 ÀC
Temperature influences Conduction resistance to connector 0.8 Ohm
Medium Drinking water Other medium on request
Media < +125 ÀC
Max. pressure and (for 600 hours) 4 bar at +125 ÀC
medium temperature (for 2 hours) 4 bar at +140 ÀC
Cavitation The following equation is valid to prevent cavitation: Pabs outlet / Pdifference > 5.5

Sensor paddle ETFE
Case with damming body PA6T/6I (40% GF)
EPDM (perox.)
Sealing material
FPM
Electrical overview Frequency output Voltage output Current output

Power supply UIN 4.75 ... 33 VDC 11.5 ... 33 VDC 8 ... 33 VDC
Output Frequency square pulse signal UOUT_Q_frequency < 0.5 ... > UIN - 0.5 V
flow (Q) Analogue signal UOUT_Q or IOUT 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA
Output Resistant signal ROUT PT1000 PT1000 class B DIN EN 60751
temperature (T) Voltage signal UOUT_T 0 ... 10 V
Electrical connection and protection class M12x1 (IP 65) M12x1 (IP 65) M12x1 (IP 65)
Load agianst GND or IN < 1 mA / < 100 nF < 6 mA / < 100 nF 1) < (UIN - 8 V) / 20 mA
Current consumption load free (IIN) < 2mA < 5 mA
Electrical reliability Short circuit, reverse voltage and external voltage protected within the admissible supply voltage.
Weight
DN 6 / 8 ~ 47 g
DN 10 ~ 57 g
DN 15 ~ 68 g
DN 20 ~ 92 g
DN 25 ~ 100 g
Test / Admissions
WRAS
Drinking water approval Plastic parts with KTW and W270 approval
ACS
Packaging (multiple packaging) Connection copper tube Outside thread K Outside thread G
DN 6 Blister 30x Blister 30x
DN 8 / 10 Blister 30x Blister 30x Blister 30x
DN25 Blister 15x Blister 15x
135
130
125
120
115
110
22 hours
Std
Temperature in ÀC
Temperatur in °C
105
100 10 Std
10 hours
95 100 hours
100 Std
90 0.1 year
0.1 Jahr
85 11 year
Jahr
80 10 year
10 Jahre
75
70
65
60
55
50
40 60 80 100 120 140
Flowinin%%
Durchfluss
1)
against GND only
Flow sensors
Nominal Measuring Quantity per pulse Frequency

Tube connection Flow range Q0 Kf KU KI Pressure drop 1), 2)
diameters range @ 50% fs range
K
DN 6 0.5 ... 10 l/min 0.386 ml 0.074 ... 1.474 m/s 28 ... 427 Hz -0.14 0.0238 1.0 0.625 240 * Q2
G
K 0.638 ml 30 ... 384 Hz 0.0398
DN 8 G 0.9 ... 15 l/min 0.631 ml 0.133 ... 2.210 m/s 30 ... 388 Hz -0.3 0.0394 1.5 0.938 85.00 * Q2
N 0.614 ml 31 ... 399 Hz 0.0383
K 1.399 ml 24 ... 379 Hz 0.0850
DN 10 G 1.8 ... 32 l/min 1.370 ml 0.265 ... 4.716 m/s 24 ... 387 Hz -0.2 0.0832 3.2 2.000 22.50 * Q2
N 1.384 ml 24 ... 383 Hz 0.0841
K 1.403 ml 26 ... 473 Hz 0.0850
DN 10 G 2.0 ... 40 l/min 1.373 ml 0.295 ... 5.895 m/s 26 ... 483 Hz -0.2 0.0832 4.0 2.500 22.50 * Q2
N 1.388 ml 26 ... 478 Hz 0.0841
K 3.047 ml 20 ... 272 Hz 0.1843
DN 15 G 3.5 ... 50 l/min 3.016 ml 0.290 ... 4.145 m/s 20 ... 275 Hz -0.2 0.1824 5.0 3.125 6.70* Q2
N 3.077 ml 20 ... 270 Hz 0.1861
K 6.213 ml 14 ... 227 Hz 0.3754
DN 20 G 5.0 ... 85 l/min 6.125 ml 0.265 ... 4.509 m/s 14 ... 230 Hz -0.3 0.3701 8.5 5.313 2.50 * Q2
N 6.208 ml 14 ... 227 Hz 0.3751
K 12.412 ml 12 ... 201 Hz 0.7467

DN 25 9.0 ... 150 l/min 0.283 ... 4.709 m/s -0.2 15 9.375 0.92 * Q2
G 12.251 ml 12 ... 204 Hz 0.7370
Characteristic line formula Characteristic line formula Legend

frequency output voltage output QV Volume flow rate [l/min]
QV = Kf * ” + Q0 QV = KU * UOUT
KU Coefficient voltage output [(l/min) / V]
Characteristic line formula Formula quantity per pulse [litres/pulse] KI Coefficient current output [(l/min) / ”]
current output quantity Q * Kf ” Frequency [Hz]
= V
QV = KI * (IOUT - 4 mA) pulse 60 * (QV - Q0) UOUT Voltage [V]
IOUT Current [mA]
quantity litres
(Influence of viscosity for media other than water - see page 8) Quantity per pulse
pulse pulse
1)
Pv in Pa; Q in l/min
Flow sensors
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Flow 9 4
Flow and temperature (0 ... 10 V) 6 3 5
DN 6 0.5 ... 10 l/min. 9 0 6 K,G
DN 8 0.9 ... 15 l/min. 0 8
DN 10 1.8 ... 32 l/min. 1 0
Nominal diameters and
DN 10 2.0 ... 40 l/min. 1 1
flow range
DN 15 3.5 ... 50 l/min. 1 5
DN 20 5.0 ... 85 l/min. 2 0
DN 25 9.0 ... 150 l/min. 2 5 K,G
Frequency output (Square pulse signal) 4.75 ... 33 VDC 8,9 2
Output / power supply Analogue signal 0 ... 10 V 11.5 ... 33 VDC 3
Analogue signal 4 ... 20 mA 8 ... 33 VDC 8,9 4
2- or 3-pole (condensation protection) 9 4
Electrical connection Connector M12x1
4- or 5-pole (condensation protection) 8,6 5
Sealing material
connection copper tube (max. DN 20) N
Tube connection
Plastic PA6T / 6I outside thread K (see dimension diagram) K
outside thread G (see dimension diagram) G
Accessories 2)
Order number
Connection kit 3) DN 8, 10 with copper tube 113775
Connection kit 3) DN 8, 10 with adapter Rp ⅜ Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 113776
Connection kit 3) DN 15 with adapter Rp ½ Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 113778
Connection kit 3) DN 20 with adapter Rp ¾ Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 113780
Clip for DN 8,10 112116
O-Ring for DN 8, DN 10 EPDM Œ 13.95 x 2.62 Copper tube and adapter 112124
O-Ring for DN 25 EPDM Œ 31 x 3 (as a replacement, already assembled) 112792
Connection copper tube for DN 8, 10 L=150 mm 112121
Adapter for DN 8 und DN 10 Rp ⅜ Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 112655
Adapter for DN 15 Rp ½ Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 112660
Adapter for DN 20 Rp ¾ Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 112661
1)
Connection set includes: 2x Clip, 2x Copper tubes or Adapter and 2x O-Ring
Flow sensors
Dimension diagram DN 6, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25
1d
6d
2d
3d 3d
4d
1d 2d 3d 4d 5d 6d
DN6 K 43.7 53.0 G½ 77 11.5 12
DN6 G 48.2 55.7 G¾ 86 11.5 12
DN8 K 43.7 53.0 G½ 77 11.5 12
DN8 G 48.2 55.7 G¾ 86 11.5 12
5d DN10 K 35.0 51.3 G½ 81 11.5 19
DN10 G 39.5 54.1 G¾ 90 11.5 19
DN15 K 36.6 56.1 G¾ 87 16 22
DN15 G 41.6 59.5 G1 97 16 22
DN20 K 36.6 61.5 G1 105 20 27
DN20 G 42.6 65.8 G 1¼ 117 20 27
DN25 K 50.0 68.3 G 1¼ 120 26 34
DN25 G 56.0 71.3 G 1½ 132 26 34
1a
1a 5a
5a
2a
2a
3a
3a
4a
4a
1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a
DN8 29.5 59.0 32.9 72 30.2 28.9
6a
6a
DN10 32.5 57.3 32.9 77 30.2 28.9
DN15 32.5 62.4 39.0 82 30.2 33.0
DN20 39.3 66.3 43.0 105 30.2 37.4
Flow sensors
Admissible locking torque
DN6/8/10 DN6/8/10 DN15 DN15 DN20 DN20 DN25 DN25

G½ G¾ G¾ G1 G1 G1 ¼ G1 ¼ G1 ½
Mmin [Nm] 1 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5
Mmax [Nm] 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15
Accessories DN 8, 10, 15, 20

adapter 1.4305 clip
1c
inside thread
2c
3c 7c
o-ring
to adapter 4c
6c 5c 8c
9c
1c 2c 3c 4c 5c 6c 7c 8c 9c
Rp ⅜ EN 10226
DN8 22 14.0 29 57.65 44.65 24.5 6.00 30.8
lenght min. 9
Rp ⅜ EN 10226
DN10 22 14.0 29 59.65 47.55 24.5 6.00 30.8
lenght min. 9
Rp ½ EN 10226
DN15 24 16.4 32 67.05 50.05 28.0 7.30 34.5
length min. 11.5
Rp ¾ EN 10226
DN20 30 18.5 38 82.25 58.85 28.0 8.00 34.5
lenght min. 13
Geometry of customers connection tube DN 8, 10, 15, 20
o-ring clip
1b
6b 5b 4b
bevelled edge
min. 0.1
7b
2b
3b 8b
9b
1b 2b 3b 4b 5b 6b 7b 8b 9b
DN8 Œ 13.95x2.62 2 ± 0.2 8.9 ± 0.2 Œ 13 ± 0.2 Œ 15.00 ± 0.08 Œ 18.88 ± 0.1 24.5 6.00 30.8
DN10 Œ 13.95x2.62 2 ± 0.2 8.9 ± 0.2 Œ 13 ±0.2 Œ 15.00 ± 0.08 Œ 18.88 ± 0.1 24.5 6.00 30.8
DN15 + 0.08
Œ 17.86x2.62 2 ± 0.2 8.9 ± 0.3 Œ 16 ± 0.2 Œ 18.00 Œ 21.85 ± 0.1 28.0 7.30 34.5
- 0.06
DN20 + 0.08
Œ 21.89x2.62 2 ± 0.2 12.9 ± 0.3 Œ 20 ± 0.2 Œ 22.00 Œ 25.85 ± 0.1 28.0 8.00 34.5
- 0.06
Flow sensors
minimum 5xDN
minimum 0.5xDN
Connector M12x1 without temperature measurement 1
IN GND Pin Colour

1 brown
IN GND IN GND 3 1 blue
A 4 black
1 brown
1 4 Hz 1 4 1 4 V 2 white
3 2 blue
3 3 3 4 black
OUT 5 gray
OUT
OUTQ
Frequency output current output voltage output
Connector M12x1 with temperature measurement 2
IN GND
IN GND IN GND IN GND

A
1 4 Hz 1 4 1 4 V 1 4 V
5 5 5 5
2 3 2 3 2 2
3 3
OUTQ V
OUT
OUTQ
T2 T1 T2 T1 T2 T1
OUTT
Ω Ω Ω
frequency output current output voltage output voltage output with
with PT1000 with PT1000 with PT1000 temperature output 0 ...10 V
Flow sensors

for liquid media
Flow range
1.8 ... 150 l/min
Nominal diameters
DN 10 / 15 / 20 / 25
-40 ... +125 ÀC
The flow sensor type 230 is based on the Kármán vortex Flow measuring with voltage, current
trail. You can choose between various versions as integrated or frequency output
temperature measurement.
principle
The type 230 has a rugged construction of red brass.
With no moving parts the flow sensor is not sensitive to debris, Excellent media resistance (measuring
has marginal pressure loss and high accuracy. element not in contact with the media)
CE conformity
Direct temperature measurement in the medium
Flow sensors
Technical Overview
Flow measurement
Nominal diameters DN 10 / 15 / 20 / 25
Response time Signal delay < 2s
PT1000 @ T = 0 ÀC ± 0.3 K
Accuracy ± 0.5 K ± 0.005 * T
0 ... 10 V
Calculation temperature T (ÀC) = +150 ÀC * UOUT_T - 25 ÀC
10 V
Drinking water
Media < +125 ÀC

Sensor paddle ETFE
Case Red brass / PA6T/6I (40% GF)
EPDM (perox.) (for drinking water)
Sealing material
FPM

Flow (Q) Analogue signal UOUT_Q or IOUT 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA
Weight
DN 10 outside thread L ~ 230 g
outside thread A ~ 240 g
Test / Admissions
WRAS, ACS
Plastic parts with KTW and W270 approval
Packaging
Single packaging
135
130
125
120
115
110
22 hours
Std
Temperature in ÀC
Temperatur in °C
105
100 10 Std
10 hours
95 100 hours
100 Std
90 0.1 year
0.1 Jahr
85 11 year
Jahr
80 10 year
10 Jahre
75
70
65
60
55
50
40 60 80 100 120 140
Flowinin%%
Durchfluss
1)
against GND only
Flow sensors

DN 10 L 1.8 ... 32 l/min 1.378 ml 0.265 ... 4.716 m/s 24 ... 385 Hz -0.2 0.0858 3.2 2.000 22.50 * Q2
DN 10 L 2.0 ... 40 l/min 1.381 ml 0.295 ... 5.895 m/s 26 ... 480 Hz -0.2 0.0858 4.0 2.000 22.50 * Q2
A 2.998 ml 20 ... 277 Hz 0.1813

DN 15 3.5 ... 50 l/min 0.290 ... 4.145 m/s -0.2 5.0 3.125 6.70* Q2
L 2.975 ml 21 ... 279 Hz 0.1799
A 6.109 ml 14 ... 231 Hz 0.3691

DN 20 5.0 ... 85 l/min 0.265 ... 4.509 m/s -0.2 8.5 5.313 2.50 * Q2
L 6.057 ml 14 ... 233 Hz 0.3660
A 12.114 ml 0.7288
DN 25 9.0 ... 150 l/min 0.283 ... 4.709 m/s 13 ... 206 Hz -0.2 15 9.375 0.92 * Q2
L 12.143 ml 0.7305

= V
IOUT Current [mA]
quantity litres
(Influence of viscosity for media other than water - see page 5) Quantity per pulse
pulse pulse
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Flow 9 4
Flow and temperature (0 ... 10 V) 6 5
DN 10 1.8 ... 32 l/min. 1 0 L
DN 10 2.0 ... 40 l/min. 1 1 L
DN 15 3.5 ... 50 l/min. 1 5
flow range
DN 20 5.0 ... 85 l/min. 2 0
DN 25 9.0 ... 150 l/min. 2 5
Output and power supply Analogue signal 0 ... 10 V 11.5 ... 33 VDC 3
Analogue signal 4 ... 20 mA 8 ... 33 VDC 8,9 4
Electrical connection Connector M12x1
Sealing material
FPM 3)
Fluoro elastomer 2
A (see dimension diagram) A
Red brass body Red brass armature outside thread
L (see dimension diagram) L
Accessories 4)
Order number
Straight-wire box for connector M12x1 screwing terminal 115024
1 2 3 4
DN10 L 32 57.22 G¾ 65
2 DN15 A 40 59.22 G¾ 75
DN15 L 40 62.65 G1 75
DN20 A 49 64.62 G1 86
3 3
DN20 L 49 68.95 G 1¼ 86
DN25 A 70 71.45 G 1¼ 109
DN25 L 70 74.40 G 1½ 109
4
1)
Pv in Pa; Q in l/min 3)
Flow sensors
minimum 5xDN
minimum 0.5xDN
min 1xDN

IN GND Pin Colour
1 brown
A 4 black
1 brown
1 4 Hz 1 4 1 4 V 2 white
3 2 blue
3 3 3 4 black
OUT 5 gray
OUT
OUTQ
IN GND

A
1 4 Hz 1 4 1 4 V 1 4 V
5 5 5 5
2 3 2 3 2 2
3 3
OUTQ V
OUT
OUTQ
T2 T1 T2 T1 T2 T1
OUTT
Ω Ω Ω
Frequency output current output voltage output voltage output with
Flow sensors
OEM Flow sensor type 235

for liquid media
Flow range
1.8 ... 240 l/min
Nominal diameters
DN 10 / 32
-40 ... +125 ÀC
The type 235 is based on the type 200 but incorporates a Low cost product with high levels of
brass housing. The flow sensor type 235 is based on the Kár- accuracy
mán vortex trail. You can choose between various versions as
integrated temperature measurement. With no moving parts
principle
the flow sensor is not sensitive to debris, has marginal pressure
loss and high accuracy. Excellent media resistance (measuring
the medium with PT1000 or NTC
Flow sensors
Technical Overview
Flow measurement
Nominal diameters DN 10 / 25
Response time
Therefore suitable for spigot use. Response time < 5 ms
PT1000
Measuring principle Resistance
NTC
PT1000 @ T = 0 ÀC ± 0.3 K
Accuracy Class B DIN EN 60751
@ T ≠ 0 ÀC ± 0.3 K ± 0.005 * T
@ T = +25 ÀC ± 0.7 K
NTC NTC 10 kOhm @ 25 ÀC
Accuracy @ T < +25 ÀC ± 0.7 K ± 0.025 * T
β = 4050
@ T > +25 ÀC ± 0.7 K ± 0.050 * T
Temperature influences
Conduction resistance to connector 0.8 Ohm
Drinking water
Media < +125 ÀC
Max pressure and
medium temperature
Cavitation The following equation is valid to prevent cavitation: Pabs_oulet / Pdifference > 5.5

Sensor paddle ETFE
Case with damming body Brass (CuZn40PbZ), PA6T/6I (40% GF)
Sealing material
FPM
Electrical overview
Power supply UIN 5 VDC ±5%
Output flow (Q) Frequency Square pulse signal UOUT_Q_Frequency < 0.1 ... > 4.75 V
ROUT PT1000 PT1000 class B DIN EN 60751
Output temperature (T) Resistant signal ROUT NTC NTC 10 kOhm @ 25 ÀC; β = 4050
Electrical connection Connector RAST 2.5 / 2.54 IP 20
and protection class Connector M12x1 IP 65
Load against GND or IN > 10 kOhm / < 10 nF
Version OEM < 6 mA
Current consumption IIN load free
Version standard < 10 mA
Weight
DN 10 with thread K ~ 170 g
DN 10 with thread G ~ 250 g
DN 32 ~ 650 g
Test / Admissions
Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61326-2-3 (no protection at surge)
WRAS, ACS
Packaging
Single packaging
Multiple packaging
135
130
125
120
115
110
22 hours
Std
Temperature in ÀC
Temperatur in °C
105
100 10 Std
10 hours
95 100 hours
100 Std
90 0.1 year
0.1 Jahr
85 11 year
Jahr
80 10 year
10 Jahre
75
70
65
60
55
50
40 60 80 100 120 140
Flowinin%%
Durchfluss
Flow sensors

Nominal Tube connec- Quantity per pulse
Measuring range Flow rate Frequency range Q0 Kf Pressure drop 1), 2)
diameters tion @ 50% fs
DN 10 K 1.416 ml 23 ... 374 Hz 0.0860
1.8 ... 32 l/min 0.265 ... 4.716 m/s -0.2 22.50 * Q2
DN 10 G 1.386 ml 24 ... 380 Hz 0.0847
DN 10 K 1.419 ml 26 ... 467 Hz 0.0860 22.50 * Q2

2.0 ... 40 l/min 0.295 ... 5.895 m/s -0.2
DN 10 G 1.386 ml 26 ... 479 Hz 0.0840 22.50 * Q2
DN 32 K 14 ... 240 l/min 27.513 ml 0.290 ... 4.974 m/s 9 ... 145 Hz -1.47 1.671 0.25 * Q2
Characteristic line formula frequency output Legend

QV = Kf * ” + Q0 QV Volume flow rate [l/min]
Formula quantity per pulse [litres/pulse]
” Frequency [Hz]
quantity Q * Kf
= V quantity litres
pulse 60 * (QV - Q0) Quantity per pulse
pulse pulse
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Flow 9
Flow and temperature (NTC) 7 1
DN 10 1.8 ... 32 l/min. 1 0
DN 10 2.0 ... 40 l/min. 1 1
flow range
DN 32 14.0 ... 240 l/min. 3 2 K
Frequency output, 0 ... 5 VDC (Square pulse signal) 5 VDC OEM 9 0
Frequency output, 0 ... 5 VDC (Square pulse signal) 5 VDC Standard 1
3-pole connector RAST 2.5 9 0
2x3-pole connector RAST 2.5 7,8 1 1
3-pole connector RAST 2.5 (condensation protection) 9 2
2x3-pole connector RAST 2.5 (condensation protection) 7,8 1 3
3-pole circular connector M12x1 (condensation protection) 9 1 4
5-pole circular connector M12x1 (condensation protection) 7,8 1 5
Sealing material
K (DN 10 - G ½ , DN32 - G 1 ½) K
Tube connection Brass with outside thread
G (DN 10 - G 1) G
Accessories 4)
Order number
Connector RAST 2.5 with cable 2x3 pole 110 cm (with temperature) 114629
1)
Flow sensors
Dimension diagram DN 10, 32
1 2 3 4 5
3 3
DN10 43 57.3 G½/G1 86 19
DN32 50 74.9 G1½ 134 41
minimum 5xDN
minimum 0.5xDN
for recommended 90À elbow
with min. R 1.8xDN
RAST 2.5 without temperature output Connector M12x1 without temperature output
Pin Colour
IN GND
+ 1 brown
IN 3 1 blue
4 black
OUT Hz
1 4 1 Hz
1 brown
GND 2 white
3 3 2 blue
OUT 4 black
GND OUT IN
5 gray
Connector 2x3-poles with temperature Connector M12x1 with temperature output
output +
IN IN GND
OUT
OUT Hz
GND T2
GND 1 4 2 Hz
5
GND 2 3
OUT
T1
Ω T2 T1
T2 GND T1
IN
Ω
Flow sensors

for liquid media
Flow range
1.8 ... 240 l/min
Nominal diameters
DN 10 / 32
-40 ... +125 ÀC
The type 236 is based on the type 210 but incorporates a Flow measuring with voltage, current
brass housing. The Vortex Sensor type 236 has a rugged or frequency output
construction of brass connection. This flow sensor is available
with a larger variety concerning power supply and outputs.
principle
You can choose between various versions as integrated Excellent media resistance (measuring element
temperature measurement. With no moving parts the flow not in contact with the media)
sensor is not sensitive to debris, has marginal pressure loss and CE conformity
high accuracy.
the medium
Flow sensors
Technical Overview
Flow measurement
Nominal diameters DN 10 / 25
Response time Signal delay < 2s
PT1000 @ T = 0 ÀC ± 0.3 K
Accuracy ± 0.5 K ± 0.005 * T
0 ... 10 V T (ÀC) = +150 ÀC
Calculation temperature 10 V * UOUT_T - 25 ÀC
Medium Drinking water Other medium on request
Media < +125 ÀC
temperature Ambient -15 ... +85 ÀC

Sensor paddle ETFE
Case with damming body Brass (CuZn40PbZ), PA6T/6I (40% GF)
Sealing material
FPM

Flow (Q) Analogue signal UOUT_Q or IOUT 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA
Weight
DN 10 with thread K ~ 170 g
DN 10 with thread G ~ 250 g
DN 32 ~ 650 g
Test / Admissions
WRAS, ACS
Packaging
Single packaging
Multiple packaging
135
130
125
120
115
110
22 hours
Std
Temperature in ÀC
Temperatur in °C
105
100 10 Std
10 hours
95 100 hours
100 Std
90 0.1 year
0.1 Jahr
85 11 year
Jahr
80 10 year
10 Jahre
75
70
65
60
55
50
40 60 80 100 120 140
Flowinin%%
Durchfluss
Flow sensors

DN 10 K 1.8 ... 32 l/min 1.416 ml 23 ... 374 Hz 0.0860 22.50 * Q2
0.265 ... 4.716 m/s -0.2 3.2 2.000
DN 10 G 1.8 ... 32 l/min 1.386 ml 24 ... 380 HZ 0.0847 22.50 * Q2
DN 10 K 2.0 ... 40 l/min 1.419 ml 26 ... 467 Hz 0.0860 22.50 * Q2

0.295 ... 5.895 m/s -0.2 4.0 2.500
DN 10 G 2.0 ... 40 l/min 1.386 ml 26 ... 479 Hz 0.0840 22.50 * Q2
DN 32 K 14 ... 240 l/min 27.513 ml 0.290 ... 4.974 m/s 9 ... 145 Hz -1.47 1.64710 24 15.000 0.25 * Q2

= V
IOUT Current [mA]
quantity litres
Quantity per pulse
pulse pulse
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Flow 9 4
Flow and temperature (0 ... 10 V) 6 3 5
DN 10 1.8 ... 32 l/min. 1 0
DN 10 2.0 ... 40 l/min. 1 1
flow range
DN 32 14.0 ... 240 l/min. 3 2 K
Output and power supply 0 ... 10 V 11.5 ... 33 VDC 3
Analogue signal
4 ... 20 mA 8 ... 33 VDC 8,9 4
Connector M12x1
Sealing material
K (DN 10 - G ½ , DN32 - G 1 ½) K
Tube connection Brass with outside thread
G (DN 10 - G 1) G
Accessories 4)
Order number
Dimension diagram DN 10, 32
1 2 3 4 5
5 DN10 43 57.3 G½/G1 86 19
DN32 50 74.9 G1½ 134 41
3 3
1)
Flow sensors
minimum 5xDN
minimum 0.5xDN
for recommended 90À elbow
with min. R 1.8xDN
IN GND Pin Colour
1 brown
A 4 black
1 brown
1 4 Hz 1 4 1 4 V 2 white
3 2 blue
3 3 3 4 black
OUT 5 gray
OUT
OUTQ
IN GND

A
1 4 Hz 1 4 1 4 V 1 4 V
5 5 5 5
2 3 2 3 2 2
3 3
OUTQ V
OUT
OUTQ
T2 T1 T2 T1 T2 T1
OUTT
Ω Ω Ω
Frequency output current output voltage output voltage output with
Influence of glycol
With the following definitions we are able to correct the influence of media with higher viscosity than water (= media viscosity > 1.8 cST) in
order to reach a measuring accuracy of 3% fs in the range of 1.8 - 4 cST and of 4% in the range of 4 - 14 cSt (υ = viscosity in cSt).
Definition of viscosity of glycol-water-compound
Kinematic viscosity ethylene glycol water

KinematischeViskositätEthylenglykolͲWasser Kinematic viscosity propylene glycol water
KinematischeViskositätPropylenglykolͲWasser
60 60
0% 0%
50 50
10% 10%
20%
in ÀC
Temperaturin°C
Temperaturin°C
40 40 20%
30%
in ÀC
Temperature
30%
40%
30
Temperature
30
40%
50%
60% 50%
20 20
70% 60%
10 10
0 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
viscosity in cSt
ViskositätincSt viscosity in cSt
ViskositätincSt
Definition of respond threshold Qmin Definition of characteristic line formula QV = kf * f + Q0

MinimaldetektierbarerDurchfluss
Minimal detectable flow Influence on viscocity Q0
EinflussderViskositätaufQ 0
25 12
Q0inKennlinienformelinl/min
MinimalerDurchflussinl/min
20 10
DN10 DN10
line formula
DN15 8 DN15
flow in l/min
15
DN20 DN20
6
DN25 DN25
characteristic
10
Minimal
5 2
0 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
viscosity in cSt
ViskositätincSt
viscosity in cSt
ViskositätincSt
Formula respond threshold Qmin in l/min Formula characteristic line for Q > Qmin in l/min
< DN 10 not possible < DN 10 not possible
DN 10: Qmin = υ + 0.8 Frequency output:
DN 15: Qmin = υ + 2.5 DN10: Q = 0.0832 * f 0.40υ + 0.20
DN 20: Qmin = υ + 4.0 DN15: Q = 0.1843 * f 0.45υ + 0.25
DN 25: Qmin = υ + 6.0 DN20: Q = 0.3754 * f 0.55υ + 0.25
DN25: Q = 0.7467 * f 0.80υ + 0.60
Conversion table for the
Umrechnungstabelle most
für die wichtigsten pressure units
importantDruckeinheiten
bar mbar Pa hPa kPa MPa mmH2O inchH2O mmHg inchHg psi
bar 1 1'000 100'000 1'000 100 0,1 10'197,2 401,463 750,062 29,5300 14,5038
mbar 0,001 1 100 1 0,1 0,0001 10,1972 0,401463 0,750062 0,0295300 0,0145038
Pa 0,00001 0,01 1 0,01 0,001 0,000001 0,101972 0,0040146 0,0075006 0,0002953 0,0001450
hPa 0,001 1 100 1 0,1 0,0001 10,1972 0,401463 0,750062 0,0295300 0,0145038
kPa 0,01 10 1'000 10 1 0,001 101,972 4,01463 7,50062 0,295300 0,145038
MPa 10 10'000 1'000'000 10'000 1'000 1 101'972 4'014,63 7'500,62 295,300 145,038
mmH2O 0,0000981 0,0980665 9,80665 0,0980665 0,009807 0,0000098 1 0,0393701 0,0735559 0,0028959 0,0014223
0,0024909 2,49089 249,089 2,49089 0,249089 0,0002491 25,4000 1 1,86832 0,0735559 0,0361273
Huba Control Product catalogue - Technical data subject to change - Edition 03/2016
inchH2O
mmHg 0,0013332 1,33322 133,322 1,33322 0,133322 0,0001333 13,5951 0,535240 1 0,0393701 0,0193368
inchHg 0,0338639 33,8639 3Â386,39 33,8639 3,38639 0,0033864 345,316 13,5951 25,4000 1 0,491154
psi 0,0689476 68,9476 6894,76 68,9476 6,89476 0,0068948 703,070 27,6799 51,7149 2,03602 1
Example:
Beispiel: 11MPa
MPa == 10'000
10'000hPa
hPa Beispiel:
Example:11bar 401.463 inchH
bar== 401.463 inchH22OO
bar mbar Pa hPa

hPa kPa MPa mmH2O inchH2O mmHg inchHg psi bar mbar Pa hPa kPa MPa mmH2O 2
inchH
inchH O O mmHg inchHg psi
2
bar 1 1'000 100'000 1'000 100 0,1 10'197,2 401,463 750,062 29,5300 14,5038 bar bar 1 1'000 100'000 1'000 100 0,1 10'197,2 401,463
401.463 750,062 29,5300 14,5038
mbar 0,001 1 100 1 0,1 0,0001 10,1972 0,401463 0,750062 0,0295300 0,0145038 mbar 0,001 1 100 1 0,1 0,0001 10,1972 0,401463 0,750062 0,0295300 0,0145038
Pa 0,00001 0,01 1 0,01 0,001 0,000001 0,101972 0,0040146 0,0075006 0,0002953 0,0001450 Pa 0,00001 0,01 1 0,01 0,001 0,000001 0,101972 0,0040146 0,0075006 0,0002953 0,0001450
hPa 0,001 1 100 1 0,1 0,0001 10,1972 0,401463 0,750062 0,0295300 0,0145038 hPa 0,001 1 100 1 0,1 0,0001 10,1972 0,401463 0,750062 0,0295300 0,0145038
kPa 0,01 10 1'000 10 1 0,001 101,972 4,01463 7,50062 0,295300 0,145038 kPa 0,01 10 1'000 10 1 0,001 101,972 4,01463 7,50062 0,295300 0,145038
MPa MPa 10 10'000 1'000'000 10'000

10'000 1'000 1 101'972 4'014,63 7'500,62 295,300 145,038 MPa 10 10'000 1'000'000 10'000 1'000 1 101'972 4'014,63 7'500,62 295,300 145,038
mmH2O 0,0000981 0,0980665 9,80665 0,0980665 0,009807 0,0000098 1 0,0393701 0,0735559 0,0028959 0,0014223 mmH2O 0,0000981 0,0980665 9,80665 0,0980665 0,009807 0,0000098 1 0,0393701 0,0735559 0,0028959 0,0014223
inchH2O 0,0024909 2,49089 249,089 2,49089 0,249089 0,0002491 25,4000 1 1,86832 0,0735559 0,0361273 inchH2O 0,0024909 2,49089 249,089 2,49089 0,249089 0,0002491 25,4000 1 1,86832 0,0735559 0,0361273
mmHg 0,0013332 1,33322 133,322 1,33322 0,133322 0,0001333 13,5951 0,535240 1 0,0393701 0,0193368 mmHg 0,0013332 1,33322 133,322 1,33322 0,133322 0,0001333 13,5951 0,535240 1 0,0393701 0,0193368
inchHg 0,0338639 33,8639 3Â386,39 33,8639 3,38639 0,0033864 345,316 13,5951 25,4000 1 0,491154 inchHg 0,0338639 33,8639 3Â386,39 33,8639 3,38639 0,0033864 345,316 13,5951 25,4000 1 0,491154
psi 0,0689476 68,9476 6894,76 68,9476 6,89476 0,0068948 703,070 27,6799 51,7149 2,03602 1 psi 0,0689476 68,9476 6894,76 68,9476 6,89476 0,0068948 703,070 27,6799 51,7149 2,03602 1
197/208
Force cells
Cantilever Beam force cell type 410
Measuring range
0 ... 53 265 Centi-Newton
The type 410 measures force with the cantilever beam by an Compact construction for a wide
integrated piezo-resistive wheatstone bridge with front-end range of industrial applications
amplification circuit.
Ideal for OEM batches in high
quantities
It uses hybrid thick film technology which guarantees an excel-
lent stability and a long operating life. The special design of the High resistance to temperatures
force cell ensure batch production and with fully automated No mechanical aging
assembly an ideal performance to cost ratio for high quantities.
No mechanical creep
Force cells
Technical overview
Measuring pressure
0 ... 53 265 Centi-Newton
Operating conditons
Temperature
Tolerable overload < 1000 cN
Electrical overview
The signal varies ratiometrically with supplied voltage.
Output typ. 0.5 % fs
The non-ratiometrical value of the output signal is with a change of power supply of ± 5%:
max. 1.0 % fs
Power supply Factory calibration 5 VDC
Load RL > 50 kOhm ; CL < 10 nF
Current consumption At 50 kOhm Load / 5 VDC power supply < 3 mA
Dynamic response
Load cycle < 1000 Hz
Protection standard
IP 00
PIN connector, RAST 2.5
Fix the force sensor on the base plate (glass) ensuring there is no mechanical stress..
Weight
~ 7.1 g
Packaging
Multiple packaging in cardboard boxes with blister pack inserts (40 pcs 1) )
Mass h
53 cN 8.40
160 cN 8.60
265 cN 8.74
Accuracy
Parameter Unit
Tolerance zero point max. % fs ± 2.0
Tolerance full scale max. % fs ± 30.0
Resolution % fs 0.1
Total of linearity,
TC sensitivity 2) max. % fs/10K ± 0.1
1 2 3 4 5

0 ... 53 cN 9 2
Measuring range 0 ... 160 cN 9 4
0 ... 265 cN 9 5
Output / power supply 0.3 ... 2.8 V 5 VDC 1
Electrical connection PIN connection, RAST 2.5 1
Compensation With temperature compensated 1
1)
Minimal order quantity 2)
Digital indicator type 800
Pressure range
0 ... 800 bar
Indicator in mbar / bar
Type 800 digital indicators are equipped with a 4 digit display, as Ease of use
well as optional switch and analogue outputs. The sensor signal
All adjustments are possible from the
is evaluated and indicated as pressure by the digital display.
front of unit
The programming of the limit value output can be executed with
the buttons on the front or via a data cable from a computer. Limit value switching points pre-
adjustable without application of pressure
Transmitter power supply from
indicating device saves cabling
Electrically isolated signal transmission
direct to measurement value acquisition
system or to PLC controllers
Technical overview
Pressure range 1)
0 ... 800 bar
Temperature
Zero drift typ. 30 ppM/ÀC
Temperature coefficient Amplification drift typ. 25 ppM/ÀC
Ambient temperature -5 ... +45 ÀC
Max. air humidity 95% non condensing
Electrical overview
Output 2) Max. signal current cable lenght Max. load current Relay contacts
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA 2000 m, 2 wire 500 Ohm (^ 10 V / 20 mA) Loading 1 A / 230 VAC at ohmic load
0 ... 10 VDC
Power supply 20 ... 253 VAC or VDC 50/60 Hz
Transmitter supply 2 wire 24 VDC, max. 25 mA
0 ... 10 VDC
0 ... 5 VDC
Input 3) 0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
Power consumption 4 ... 7.0 W at 230 VAC
Accuracy
At 23 ÀC ambient temperature ± 0.1 %
Repeatability ± 0.1 %
Long term stability (after 3 months) ± 0.1 %
Hysteresis (Factory-sides) ± 5 parts
Type of connection
3 + 8 pole for 800.8
Screw terminal 3 + 6 + 8 pole for 800.7
Indicator
LED red 4 digits mbar / bar character height 14.2 mm Range -1999 ... 9999
Limit values Adjustment of limit values Limit value indicating Indicating of limit value status
Both limit values adjustable
within the whole range. with buttons on the front with buttons on the front Each with a red LED
Protection class
without protection cover IP 40
with protection cover IP 54
Fastening
with 2 quick connect couplings
Weight
~ 200 g
1)
Special pressure ranges on request 2)
Special outputs on request 3)
Special inputs on request
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Without limit value switch 8
Type
With 2 limit value switches 7
0 ⁄ 0.5 mbar 0 0
*0 ⁄ 1 mbar 0 1
*0 ⁄ 1.6 mbar 0 2
0⁄ 2 mbar 0 3
*0 ⁄ 2.5 mbar 0 4
0⁄ 3 mbar 0 5
0 ⁄ 3.2 mbar 0 6
*0 ⁄ 4 mbar 0 7
0⁄ 5 mbar 0 8
*0 ⁄ 6 mbar 0 9
0⁄ 8 mbar 1 0
*0 ⁄ 10 mbar 1 1
*0 ⁄ 16 mbar 1 2
0 ⁄ 20 mbar 1 3
*0 ⁄ 25 mbar 1 4
0 ⁄ 30 mbar 1 5
0 ⁄ 32 mbar 1 6
*0 ⁄ 40 mbar 1 7
0 ⁄ 50 mbar 1 8
*0 ⁄ 60 mbar 1 9
0 ⁄ 80 mbar 2 0
*0 ⁄ 100 mbar 2 1
*0 ⁄ 160 mbar 2 2
0 ⁄ 200 mbar 2 3
*0 ⁄ 250 mbar 2 4
0 ⁄ 300 mbar 2 5
0 ⁄ 320 mbar 2 6
*0 ⁄ 400 mbar 2 7
0 ⁄ 500 mbar 2 8
*0 ⁄ 600 mbar 2 9
Pressure range 0 ⁄ 800 mbar 3 0
*0 ⁄ 1 bar 3 1
*0 ⁄ 1.6 bar 3 2
0⁄ 2 bar 3 3
*0 ⁄ 2.5 bar 3 4
0⁄ 3 bar 3 5
0 ⁄ 3.2 bar 3 6
*0 ⁄ 4 bar 3 7
0⁄ 5 bar 3 8
*0 ⁄ 6 bar 3 9
0⁄ 8 bar 4 0
*0 ⁄ 10 bar 4 1
*0 ⁄ 16 bar 4 2
0 ⁄ 20 bar 4 3
*0 ⁄ 25 bar 4 4
0 ⁄ 30 bar 4 5
0 ⁄ 32 bar 4 6
*0 ⁄ 40 bar 4 7
0 ⁄ 50 bar 4 8
*0 ⁄ 60 bar 4 9
0 ⁄ 80 bar 5 0
*0 ⁄ 100 bar 5 1
*0 ⁄ 160 bar 5 2
0 ⁄ 200 bar 5 3
*0 ⁄ 250 bar 5 4
0 ⁄ 300 bar 5 5
0 ⁄ 320 bar 5 6
*0 ⁄ 400 bar 5 7
0 ⁄ 500 bar 5 8
*0 ⁄ 600 bar 5 9
0 ⁄ 800 bar 6 0
Power supply 20 ... 253 VAC or VDC 0
0 ⁄ 10 VDC 0
0⁄ 5 VDC 1
Input
0 ⁄ 20 mA 2
4 ⁄ 20 mA 3
0 ⁄ 20 mA 0
Output 4 ⁄ 20 mA 1
0 ⁄ 10 VDC 2
Version N
Accessories 2)
Order number
Protection cover 800.100
Data cable 800.200
1)
Pressure range acc. to DIN 16128 2)
Dimensions in mm
Aperture
min. spacing between indicating
devices
Lug marking:
1 = Auxiliary power: AC ~/DC (+)
2 = Auxiliary power: AC ~/DC (-)
3 = Auxiliary power: PE
4 = Output signal (+)
5 = Output signal (-)
6 = Output signal PE
7 = Free
8 = Two-wire sensor power supply +24V
0.8- 8 Thickness of front panel
9 = Input signal (-)
10 = Input signal voltage (+)
11 = Input signal current (+)
12 = Limit value 1, NO contact
13 = Limit value 1, Change-over contact
14 = Limit value 1, NC contact
15 = Limit value 2, NO contact
16 = Limit value 2, Change-over contact
17 = Limit value 2, NC contact
LCD Display type 801
Type 801 digital indicators are compatible with all sensors with Portable plug-in indicator
DIN plug EN 175301-803-A.
Irrespective of the installation
Independent of the mounting position of the sensor, the display
arrangement of your transducer the
can be rotated to give the ideal reading position. The 801 has a
display module can be rotated and
3 digit liquid-crystal display which is adjustable by the customer,
turned to give the ideal reading-position
or available factory set.
Protection class IP 65 with screw-
fastened DIN EN 175301-803 connectors
Technical overview
Temperature
Ambient 0 ... +60 ÀC
Electrical overview
0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V / 0 ... 20 mA < 4 mA
Current consumption 4 ... 20 mA voltage drop 8 V
0 ... 5 V 11 ... 33 VDC, 24 VDC ± 15 %
3 wire 0 ... 10 V 18 ... 33 VDC, 24 VAC ± 15 %
Signal / power supply 1)
2 wire 4 ... 20 mA 8 ... 33 VDC
0 ... 5 V > 100 kOhm
Internal resistance 0 ... 10 V > 100 kOhm
0 ... 20 mA < 50 Ohm
Dynamic response
Accuracy
Typically at ambient temperature 23 ÀC < ± 2 digit typ.
Long term stabiltity (after 1 year) < ± 2 digit typ.
TC zero point 2) < ± 0.2 digit/K typ.
TC sensitivity 2) < ± 0.2 digit/K typ.
Connector DIN EN 175301-803
Display
Liquid crystal 3 digit character height 9.4 mm
Indication capabilities (All intermediate values steplessly adjustable)

Lowest value highest value
-1.00 9.00
.000 .900
0.00 9.00
00.0 90.0
000 900
Protection standard
IP 65 with seals and fastened connectors. To maintain the protection standard, avoid constantly twisting the individual modules.
Calibration
Factory calibration (indicate on order).
Calibration by the customer using two 10- turn potentiometers (zero point and end value) and DIP switches to position the decimal point.
Case construction
Polyamid
Wheigt
~ 95 g
Test / Admissions
Electromagnetic compatibilty CE conformity according EN 61326-2-3.
1 2 3 4
Order code selection table 801. X X X X

0 ... 5 V 11 ... 33 VDC/24 VAC ± 15% 0
0 ... 10 V 18 ... 33 VDC/24 VAC ± 15% 1
Signal / power supply
0 ... 20 mA 18 ... 33 VDC 2
4 ... 20 mA 8 ... 33 VDC 3
without text (adhesive labels for units enclosed, loose) 0
mbar 1
bar 2
Display unit
kg / cm2 3
(Text on display)
Inch H2O 4
psi 5
kPa 6
without factory setting 0
with factory setting (state on order) Example: 0 Volt Indication 00.0
Factory adjustment
10 Volt Indication 10.0
Note: Always indicate 3 places and decimal point ( before 1st place) 1 W
1)
Short circuit-proof and protected against polarity reversal. Each connection against other with max. supply voltage. 2)

2-wire 3-wire
signal signal
power supply power supply
signal signal
power supply power supply
When used with Huba transmitters the supply voltage is

19 ... 40 VDC for 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire versions
maximum permitted Uin [V] 19
additional load < ········· [Ohm]
0.02
Huba Control AG
Headquarters
Industriestrasse 17
5436 Würenlos
Telefon +41 (0) 56 436 82 00
Telefax +41 (0) 56 436 82 82
info.ch@hubacontrol.com
Huba Control AG
Niederlassung Deutschland
Schlattgrabenstrasse 24
72141 Walddorfhäslach
Telefon +49 (0) 7127 23 93 00
Telefax +49 (0) 7127 23 93 20
info.de@hubacontrol.com
Huba Control SA
Succursale France
Rue Lavoisier
Technopôle Forbach-Sud
57602 Forbach Cedex
Téléphone +33 (0) 387 847 300
Télécopieur +33 (0) 387 847 301
info.fr@hubacontrol.com
Huba Control AG
Vestiging Nederland
Hamseweg 20A
3828 AD Hoogland
Telefoon +31 (0) 33 433 03 66
Telefax +31 (0) 33 433 03 77
info.nl@hubacontrol.com
Huba Control AG
Branch Office United Kingdom
Unit 13 Berkshire House
County Park Business Centre
Shrivenham Road
Swindon Wiltshire SN1 2NR
Phone +44 (0) 1993 776667
Fax +44 (0) 1993 776671
info.uk@hubacontrol.com
www.hubacontrol.com

Huba ProductCatalogue

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Huba ProductCatalogue

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Huba ProductCatalogue

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Product Catalogue

Pressure level transmitter

Pressure measuring cells

Digital indicating devices

(Huba Control 1956)

1945 Huba Control AG founded

1974 Taken over by Stäfa Control System AG

1990 Concentration on pressure measurement technology

1995 ISO 9001 Certification

2005 Automotive standard ISO/TS 16949 Accreditation

2006 Factory Extension Completed

2008 Automotive standard ISO/TS 16949 certification

2010 Certification acc. ISO 14001

2012 Certification acc. ISO 18001 (Managment of employment protection)

Air and Liquids Refrigerants

OEM Relative pressure transmitter type 400

OEM relative and absolute pressure transmitter type 501

OEM relative pressure transmitter type 503

OEM relativ pressure transmitter type 505

OEM relative pressure transmitter for refrigerants type 506

OEM relative and absolute pressure transmitter type 511

Relative pressure transmitter type 512 for mobile hydraulic

OEM relative and absolute pressure transmitter type 515

OEM relative and absolute pressure transmitter type 516

Relative pressure transmitter type 520

Relative pressure transmitter type 522

Relative and absolute pressure transmitter type 527

Relative and absolute pressure transmitter type 528

Pressure transmitter type 540 with display and

Air and Liquids Refrigerants

Pressure transmitter type 548 with display and

Relative pressure transmitter type 550 for mobile hydraulic

Relative and absolute pressure transmitter type 558

Relative and absolute pressure transmitter type 680

Differential pressure transmitter

OEM Relative and differential pressure transmitter type 401

Relative and differential pressure transmitter type 402

OEM Relative and differential pressure transmitter type 403

Relative and differential pressure transmitter type 652

Volume flow transmitter type 679

Relative and differential pressure transmitter type 692

Relative and differential pressure module with/without

Relative and differential pressure transmitter type 699

Air and Liquids Refrigerants

Pressure Level transmitter

Pressure level transmitter type 711

Pressure level transmitter type 712

Electronic pressure switch

Electronic relative pressure switch type 521

Electronic relative and absolute pressure switch type 529

Mechanical pressure switch

OEM mechanical relative and differential

OEM mechanical relative and differential

Mechanical relative and differential pressure switch type 610

Mechanical relative pressure switch type 620/625

Mechanical relative and differential pressure switch type 630

Pressure measuring cells

OEM relative pressure measuring cell type 509

OEM relative and absolute pressure measuring cells type 513

Air and Liquids Refrigerants